Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Omni Bridgeway Limited

Omni Bridgeway Limited

obl · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker obl
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Omni Bridgeway Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Omni Bridgeway is a pioneer and 
the global leader in financing and 
managing legal risks. We are a 
specialist investor in legal assets.

Thank you clients, investors and peers for your endorsement 
and recognition of Omni Bridgeway’s industry leadership.

CHAMBERS AND PARTNERS ranks Omni Bridgeway 
in more ‘Band 1’ categories than any other funder 

SCAN QR CODE 
SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO
TO VIEW VIDEO

WHO’S WHO LEGAL recognises more Omni 
Bridgeway Thought Leaders than any other funder  

SCAN QR CODE 
SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO
TO VIEW VIDEO

LAW DRAGON recognises more Omni Bridgeway 
team members than any other funder 

SCAN QR CODE 
SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO
TO VIEW VIDEO

Omni Bridgeway acknowledges the traditional custodians of 
the lands on which we live, work, and operate. We pay respect 
to their connections to land, sea, and community and to Elders 
past, present, and emerging.

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Contents

About Omni Bridgeway .............................................................2

C. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

74

Financial highlights  ...................................................................3

Note 17:  Financial risk management ..................................74

Strategic and operational highlights  ......................................3

Note 18:  Cash and cash equivalents ................................. 82

Chairman’s report ......................................................................4

Note 19:  Debt securities ...................................................... 83

Managing Director’s report ......................................................6

Note 20:  Contributed equity ............................................... 85

Investment portfolio ...............................................................11

Global risk, compliance and governance .............................11

Note 21:  Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) 

and reserves .......................................................... 86

Our regional hub highlights ...................................................12

D.  WORKING CAPITAL, OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER

Directors’ report ...................................................................... 16

LIABILITIES

87

Auditor’s Independence Declaration ................................... 41

Note 22:  Trade and other receivables ............................... 87

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ........ 42

Note 23:  Contract costs ....................................................... 88

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position ................... 43

Note 24:  Other assets .......................................................... 88

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows ............................... 44

Note 25:  Property, plant and equipment ......................... 88

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity ................... 45

Note 26:  Trade and other payables ................................... 90

Notes to the Financial Statements ....................................... 47

Note 27:  Provisions .............................................................. 90

A. RESULTS FOR THE YEAR

51

Note 1: 

Segment information ........................................... 51

Note 2: 

Revenue from contracts with customers ......... 56

Note 3: 

Interest revenue  .................................................. 58

Note 4: 

 Net gain on derecognition of litigation 
investments - intangibles assets  ...................... 58

Note 5:  Other income  ....................................................... 59

Note 6: 

Expenses ................................................................ 59

Note 7: 

Income tax ............................................................. 61

Note 8: 

Loss per share ....................................................... 65

Note 9:  Dividends paid and proposed by 

Omni Bridgeway Limited (the parent entity) ... 66

Note 10:  Statement of cash flows reconciliation  ............ 67

B. LITIGATION INVESTMENTS AND GOODWILL

68

Note 28:  Lease liabilities ...................................................... 91

Note 29:  Other financial liabilities ..................................... 93

Note 30:  Commitments and contingencies ...................... 95

E. THE GROUP, MANAGEMENT AND RELATED PARTIES  96

Note 31:  Key management personnel .............................. 96

Note 32:  Share-based payment plan................................. 96

Note 33:  Parent entity information  .................................. 98

Note 34:  Material partly-owned subsidiaries  ............... 100

Note 35: 

Interest in associates and joint ventures ....... 102

Note 36:  Related party disclosure ................................... 104

Note 37:  Auditor’s remuneration ..................................... 104

Note 38:  Events after the reporting date ....................... 105

Directors’ Declaration .......................................................... 106

Independent Auditor’s Report ............................................ 107

Note 11:  Litigation investments - claims portfolio .......... 68

Shareholder information ..................................................... 112

Note 12:  Litigation investments - purchased claims  ..... 68

Corporate information ......................................................... 115

Note 13:  Litigation investments – intangible assets  ...... 69

Glossary   ............................................................................... 116

Note 14:  Litigation investments – financial assets .......... 72

Non-IFRS financial information and disclosure ............... 121

Note 15:  Litigation investments – deferred 

consideration ........................................................ 73

Note 16:  Goodwill ................................................................. 73

IEV attribution assumptions ............................................... 122

1

Shareholder & Other InformationHighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report About Omni Bridgeway

Omni Bridgeway provides finance and strategic 
support to companies, government entities, 
professional advisers, groups and individuals, 
to enable them to pursue their legal disputes 
without cost or risk.

Our bespoke solutions are available from case 
inception through to post-judgment/award 
enforcement and recovery. For businesses, our 
services offer a cost and risk mitigation strategy. 
For those who lack the financial resources, 
we also provide access to justice, levelling the 
playing field against powerful opponents.

Omni Bridgeway is a market-leader in investigating, 
financing and managing recoveries. We have been 
financing disputes and enforcement proceedings 
since 1986 and have built a world-class, global 
team of legal and finance professionals, with a 
track record of successful recoveries for clients.

Over our history, we have evolved from a balance 
sheet investor to a leading specialist alternative 
asset investment manager and investor in legal 
assets with significant funds under management. 
In the growing alternative asset investment sector, 
legal assets can deliver to investors:

uncorrelated, high returns

counter cyclical investment opportunities

risk mitigation through portfolio diversification

Omni Bridgeway’s team brings deep subject-matter 
expertise, an extensive global origination network, 
superior execution capability and operational 
efficiency to legal asset investing.

Value creation 

Our best-in-class business delivers value 
for stakeholders throughout the world

Inputs

Business model

Value created

Investors

Fund and equity investors who 
provide capital to invest in the 
‘alternative asset class’ of legal 
disputes and recoveries

Clients

Funded claimants who use our 

legal recoveries

Talent

Our dedicated professional team 
who source legal investments and 
shepherd them to resolution

Professional advisers

Lawyers and other specialists  
who advise clients on their  
claims and recoveries

2

e m e n t

g

a

a n

Values

Transparency

Accountability

Rigour

Entrepreneurship

Partnership

Talent engagement

s under  m

d
n
u
F

O

r
i

g

i

n

a

tio

n network

Inv

e

st

m

e

n

t

p

o

r

t

f

o

l

i

o

m

G lo bal tea

Return on investor capital

Management & transaction fees, 
returns on direct & co-investment  
for Fund investors, shareholder returns

Cost and risk mitigation
Financial and strategic insights so 
clients can pursue legal recoveries 
without cost or risk (particularly in  
cost-shifting jurisdictions)

Access to justice

for those who lack the resources  
or face powerful opponents

Community support
Pro bono and other support for the 
communities in which we live and work

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
Financial highlights 

EPV1
$27.2bn
C A G R >46 % 

15.8

20.1

9.5

5.9

Commitments1
$463.3m

27.2

412.6

C A G R >34 % 

313.2

223.0

147.0

FUM1,2
~$3bn

Target 
~$5bn 

~3

2.4

2.2

1.3

0.5

0.4

0.2

463.3

.

8
8
7
1

.

6
4
9

.

9
3
6

.

0
6
2
1

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

Balance sheet

Fund 1

Fund 2&3

1Q22

2Q22

3Q22

4Q22

Balance sheet

Funds

Fund 4

Fund 5

Fund 6

Fund 8

1. 

 Fund 5 is presented at 100%, with the outside investor portion included. Within OBL’s Consolidated Financial Statements, Fund 5 is brought in at the 
Group’s attributable share with no associated NCI.

2.  After full establishment of Fund 8.

Strategic and operational highlights 

New Fund

Debt facility

Commitments 

 Launched a new Fund  
focused on investing  
up to €300m  
into global enforcement 
investment opportunities

Established 
new 5-year  
$250m facility

Record annual  
commitments up  
12% to $463.3m

Operations

Appointed key global roles, 
optimised operations by 
geography and portfolio, 
enhanced Investment Committee 
structure and process

Growth

Grew global team  
to 190+

Opened offices in  
Minneapolis, Washington, D.C., 
Montevideo and Auckland

Investments

Completed law firm 
portfolio investments 
in US and Canada
Completed largest 
successful resolution 
in OBL’s US history 

3

Shareholder & Other InformationHighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Chairman’s report

FY22 was an important and 
successful year for the company 
in the execution of its long-
term strategy to be recognised as 
the world’s pre-eminent manager 
of legal assets.

We set ourselves a number of strategic goals to achieve during 
the year, which included the refinancing of our debt facilities 
on better and more flexible terms, increasing our FUM and 
continued innovative product development, supporting 
the development of secondary markets for our legal assets 
in order to mitigate duration risk and expanding our US 
operations. I am pleased to report that we have achieved all of 
our strategic goals for FY22 including:

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

Established a new 5-year $250 million institutional debt 
facility with a materially lower effective cost of capital, 
greater operational flexibility and a covenant package 
that allows us to manage our capital more effectively 
and efficiently. 
Increased our FUM to approximately $3 billion following 
the full establishment of our new enforcement fund.
Launched an innovative fund focused on investing up 
to €300 million in global enforcements.
Expanded our US operations with an increase in our 
senior executive presence in the US, increased headcount 
from 26 to 39, commenced operations in Washington DC 
and Minneapolis, launched our anti-trust business and 
established our US enforcement team, culminating in a 
72% increase in funded commitments in FY22 over FY21.
Executed our first secondary-market transactions with 
the sale of two partial interests in investments. We 
anticipate that secondary-market transactions will become 
a more permanent feature of our income profile, which 
will ameliorate both completion and duration risks and 
improve our liquidity.

In addition, we achieved annual gross income and revenue 
of more than $200 million for the third consecutive year and 
increased our annual commitments to over $460 million, a 
growth of 12% over FY21. The pleasing number of completions 
during the year have accelerated anticipated returns for 
shareholders under the various Fund waterfall structures. This 
is a welcome development after the COVID-induced slow-
downs in settlements and trials. 

Our company is now the largest team for funding and 
management of legal risks in the world. Our portfolio 
approach to funding disputes, legal actions and enforcement 
proceedings puts Omni Bridgeway at the forefront of a 
growing alternative asset class globally. 

4

Michael Kay  
Chairman

Strategy 
We have recently commenced operations in Montevideo, 
Uruguay, and over the next 12 months we expect to pursue 
promising new opportunities by expanding into additional 
locations in the Americas, APAC and EMEA. We remain 
committed to the view that geographic and asset diversification 
mitigates the risk of increased competition or regulatory 
intervention arising in any one region. More importantly, in an 
industry that is still young and relatively immature, there is an 
opportunity to claim market dominance as a first-mover and 
thereby build scale, scope and reputation across the globe.

In FY23 we are targeting an increase in funding commitments 
to between $550 million to $600 million, which will represent 
an increase in the range of 20% to 30% over actual FY22 
commitments. This is consistent with our aspirational targets 
of having FUM of $5 billion by FY25 and $1 billion in annual 
commitments.

In FY23 we plan to assess the feasibility of launching two new 
funds, both structured in a similar manner with an emphasis 
on higher management fees and lower performance fees. The 
first fund will look to fill a gap in our suite of offerings where 
demand exists for funding but does not meet our financial 
hurdles in our existing funds. We believe we can structure such 
a fund whereby we can take advantage of an under-served part 
of the market, without impacting margins or increasing our 
risk appetite. The second fund may be focused on investments 
with a positive ESG profile. 

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022At the 2021 Annual General Meeting, the Company received 
a first strike on its Remuneration Report. The issues giving rise 
to this development were fully canvassed in my AGM speech 
and that of the CEO. I will not revisit the issues here, save to 
say that I believe we have listened to shareholder feedback 
and have acted throughout FY22 to improve our investor 
communications, particularly around the intrinsic value of 
the business and its portfolio of legal assets. At the time of 
writing, this has been reflected in the increase in the share 
price since the AGM.

With the funds management model we embarked on in 2017 
now maturing, we anticipate significant cashflows over the next 
few years as we complete the book of legal assets we have 
built. On behalf of the Board, I thank shareholders for their 
support and patience through COVID. The pandemic delayed 
the hearing of legal cases and therefore our cash flows. While 
COVID is still among us, things are largely back to normal 
across the globe, and we now also have the added benefit 
of an incipient secondary market to manage unforeseen 
duration risk. 

On behalf of the Board I thank management for an excellent 
year of energy, achievement and innovation. Omni Bridgeway 
is now a truly global organisation and is clearly at the vanguard 
of the growth of the industry around the world. The future 
looks bright indeed.

Michael Kay 
Chairman

Capital management
The Board will continue to make capital allocation decisions 
that are appropriate for the circumstances within which 
Omni Bridgeway is operating, including the availability of 
franking credits, merger and acquisition opportunities, capital 
deployment requirements to increase the asset base, and the 
share price relative to the implicit value of the Company. In 
the present circumstances the Board has decided not to pay 
a dividend. The Company has today initiated an on-market 
share buy-back program for an aggregate amount of up to 
$50 million. We believe that investing in the Company’s shares 
at opportune times will be value accretive to our shareholders 
and send a strong signal to the market of our confidence in the 
strength of our balance sheet and the outlook for the business.

Board and management
To improve our efficiencies and enhance our scalability, 
we have restructured our Investment Committees and 
restructured our operational functions into country or regional 
portfolios and practice areas. As well as efficiencies, we 
believe vetting potential investments through geographic and 
academic lenses, we will generate better risk-adjusted returns. 
We have also made important leadership appointments 
including: Global Chief Financial Officer, Managing Directors 
and Co-Chief Investment Officers in APAC and US, Global 
Head of Portfolio Management, Global Chief Marketing 
Officer, and Managing Director – Transformation.

Mr Hugh McLernon, one of the Company’s founders who was 
an Executive Director retired in FY22 and Mr Michael Bowen 
who is a Non-Executive Director plans to step down at the next 
AGM. Both have served on the Board since the Company’s 
listing on the ASX in 2001 and played a vital role in supporting 
Omni Bridgeway’s quest to become a global leader in litigation 
funding. On behalf of the Board and all Omni Bridgeway 
employees I extend our gratitude and thanks for their 
expertise, wisdom and contributions over the past 21 years 
and wish them well in the future.

Following Mr Bowen’s retirement at the upcoming AGM, the 
Board will comprise three non-executive directors and two 
executive directors resulting in a majority independent Board. 
In terms of Board diversity, women currently represent 33% 
of the Board and following Mr Bowen’s retirement women will 
represent 40% of the Board and 67% of the non-executive 
directors. As part of Board renewal, we have commenced 
a search for an additional non-executive director based in 
the UK/Europe or the United States. Reflecting the ongoing 
transition of the Company to being predominantly operating in 
the northern hemisphere, we intend to add another northern 
hemisphere Director over the next 18 to 24 months.

5

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationManaging Director’s report

In FY22 we achieved significant 
portfolio growth and successfully 
executed upon critical pillars 
of our five year business plan; 
refinancing our debt, launching our 
new enforcement focused Fund, 
substantially growing commitments, 
and expanding our product offerings.

We achieved a record level of investment commitments 
which expanded our global portfolio of investments 
diversified across common and civil law jurisdictions, 
geographies, case types, clients and service providers.

During the year we increased1:

 –
 –
 –
 –

Annual commitments by 12% to $463.3 million
Investments carrying value by 14% to $635.1 million
Estimated portfolio value (EPV) by 35% to $27.2 billion
Implied embedded value (IEV) by 28% to $3.6 billion

Further to this, over $250 million in investment income was 
generated (income recognised and yet to be recognised), 

Andrew Saker  
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Strategy Officer – US

of which $187 million was attributable to providers of third-
party capital. Most importantly, over $100 million of that 
income attributable to providers of third-party capital relates 
to our first generation funds, which in turn accelerates returns 
for shareholders under the relevant waterfall structures. 
As such, this has been a transformational year for our fund 
management business and for our company.

Possible completion period (PCP)

Sensitivity analysis

EPV conversion 
rate to IEV

15% EPV 
conversion rate

Existing funded investments $m

FY23

FY24

FY25

FY26+

TOTAL

10%

20%

 Excl. 
material 
impaired 
investments 

 PCP delay of 
12 months 

 4,204 

 8,615 

 4,679 

 6,362 

 23,860 

 23,860 

 23,860 

 22,065 

 23,860 

Total EPV

IEV

Balance sheet

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 5

Fund 6

Total IEV

23 

23 

60 

155 

337 

105 

 703 

23 

23 

50 

35 

67 

24

55 

161 

191 

60 

105 

58 

– 

94 

141 

484 

444 

129 

 630 

 1,292 

55 

111 

41 

10 

25 

19

261

10 

– 

84 

101 

94 

94 

29 

402 

10 

– 

10 

116 

365 

207 

256 

78 

288 

508 

1,064 

1,093 

548

52 

192 

339 

709 

728 

366 

104 

383 

678 

1,419 

1,457 

731 

 954 

 3,579 

 2,386 

 4,772 

–

10 

96 

75 

37 

66

78 

228 

288 

214 

223 

138

104 

303 

418 

279 

297 

181 

52 

132 

139 

149 

138 

96 

706 

65

41 

288 

508 

832 

1,093 

548 

 3,310 

41 

228 

288 

172 

223 

138 

78 

288 

508 

1,064 

1,093 

548 

 3,579 

78 

218 

268 

204 

223 

138 

1,129 

65

222

20 

284

25 

1,169

65 

not included in analysis

1,582 

65

1,090 

65

not included in analysis

 271 

412 

242

309

1,234

771 

1,647 

1,155 

1,194 

369

890 

481 

670 

2,410 

1,680 

3,190 

2,220 

2,450 

IEV provisional distribution attributable to OBL

Balance sheet 

Fund 1 

Funds 2&3 

Fund 4* 

Fund 5* 

Fund 6** 

Total IEV provisional distribution 
attributable to OBL 

Management fees to OBL*** 

Performance fees to OBL 

Total to OBL 

IEV provisional distribution  
attributable to NCI 

1 

 Fund 5 is presented at 100%. This is effectively unwound in the NCI attribution to OBL such that there is no external interest included for Fund 5 (or the 
other Funds)
Excluding performance fee entitlement. 

* 
**   Utilises NCI’s historic share of proceeds, being a blend of A,B, C, D investment specific waterfalls.
***  Sensitivity scenarios have not been applied to management fees.

6

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 $463.3m1 

Annual commitments 
up 12% YOY

 $27.2bn1 

Estimated portfolio value 
up 35% YOY 

We have continued to provide our views on the long term 
conversion rate (which is calculated after losses) of funded EPV 
into income, which remains at 15%. If you consider it realistic 
that the Group’s future performance will be consistent with its 
historical performance in terms of conversion from EPV, then 
the implied embedded value of our portfolio is $3.6 billion.

Set out on the prior page is our view on how IEV would 
be allocated between the Group and external investors 
in our Funds. We expect to receive an IEV attribution of 
around $1.2 billion1 from current funded investments and 
management fees but before performance fees, based 
upon the IEV analysis and related assumptions.

We cannot estimate performance fees for our Funds at this 
stage but expect to be able to do so as the Funds mature, 
and performance crystallises the outcome from the waterfall. 
This value relates to our current book and committed Funds. 

The assumptions made in the preparation of the table above 
include key concepts which are in the Glossary and should 
be read in conjunction with this table.

FY22 results

Income
The Group generated $221.0 million in total gross income 
and revenue during the year including from 66 completions, 
23 partial completions and 2 partial sales spread across 
various classes of litigation, investment funding structures 
and geographies. This was supplemented by our growing 
management and service fees, which is up 30% on prior 
year, to $5.7 million.

Our sourcing and underwriting 
expertise is recognised by the 
secondary market

The FY22 profit result has improved on last year, albeit net 
income continues to reflect the variability of returns from 
investments with binary outcomes. 

Wivenhoe (Brisbane Floods class action) loss at NSW Supreme 
Court of Appeal and the High Court of Australia’s decision to 
deny special leave to appeal had an impact of $20.8 million 
being the derecognition of Wivenhoe’s carrying cost. From 
an overall investment perspective, Wivenhoe has resulted 
in a final successful settlement of $440 million to the class 
action members (subject to finalisation of the settlement 
distribution scheme pursuant to which individual losses are 
being assessed). Omni Bridgeway’s investment has generated 
a ROIC of 3.3x and an IRR of 29%.

Deferred completions in Fund 1 and Funds 2&3 resulting in a 
shift of $1.2 billion EPV and the consequential potential income 
of approximately $180 million to FY23 or later were partially 
offset by the EPV of $0.7 billion that was accelerated from later 
periods to FY22 and the income of $36.0 million.

It is important to note that whilst the lost income associated 
with Wivenhoe occurred, this was more than compensated by 
the 35% growth in the portfolio to $27.2 billion and an overall 
increase in the implied embedded value of $800 million.

Profit 
During the year, the Group realised a profit after tax (before 
NCI) of $6.5 million, an increase of $24.9 million over FY21 
representing more than a 135% improvement. We made 
material NCI distributions accelerating anticipated income 
for shareholders in FY23.

Notwithstanding material growth in headcount in FY22 of 
11% employee expenses had modest growth of 3% compared 
to FY21.

Impairment and adverse cost charges were materially reduced 
by over 90% from $136.0 million in FY21 to $8.1 million.

1 

Fund 5 is presented at 100%.

7

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationManaging Director’s report

continued

Cashflow
The cash generated during the year was driven by key completions and collection of receivables. We have a strong capital position 
to support corporate initiatives and anticipate significant potential cash inflows as our first generation funds mature and accelerate 
returns for shareholders.

Consolidated Group (non-IFRS presentation) 
$m

Proceeds from litigation investments – claims portfolio

Proceeds from litigation investments – purchased claims

Proceeds from litigation investments – intangible assets

Management and performance fees received

Interest received

Payments to suppliers and employees

Income tax paid

Other operating activity outflows

Total operational cashflows

Payments for litigation investments – claims portfolio

Payments for litigation investments – purchased claims

Payments for litigation investments – intangible assets

Payments for litigation investments – capitalised overheads and employee costs

Other investing activity outflows

Total investing cashflows

Contributions from NCI

Distributions to NCI

Other financing activity outflows

Total financing cashflows

FY22 

13.4 

6.4 

273.3 

293.1 

12.6 

0.3 

306.0 

(74.1)

(4.8)

(7.3)

219.8 

(14.6)

 – 

(105.6)

(6.7)

(4.0)

FY21

11.0 

 – 

183.5 

194.5 

0.4 

0.6 

195.5 

(80.8)

(7.4)

(7.7)

99.6 

(13.9)

 – 

(126.8)

(6.9)

(3.1)

(130.9)

(150.7)

43.6 

(113.3)

(69.7)

(4.6)

(74.3)

80.5 

(65.5)

15.0 

(11.4)

3.6 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

14.6 

(47.5)

Efficiency ratios

EPV/investment managers

New investment EPV/investment managers

Management fees/total expenditure1

Total expenditure1/IEV

Headcount

Number of offices

FY22 

FY21

$321.5m

$118.7m

$232.2m

$92.9m

7%

3%

199

23

7%

4%

180

18

1 

Total expenditure excludes amortisation, impairment expense and adverse costs.

8

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Strategic initiatives

Debt refinance
Omni Bridgeway entered a new five-year, $250 million 
institutional debt facility on 5 May 2022 to replace the Group’s 
existing debt, improve capital efficiency and provide flexibility 
to pursue corporate and capital management initiatives. 

The entire debt outstanding at 30 June 2022 was repaid on 
8 July 2022 by a partial drawing under the new facility. This 
new facility provides enhanced agility to navigate the Group’s 
financing and capital goals over the medium term. 

The updated arrangements are consistent with our fund 
management model and have a lower requirement for cash 
at bank, thus delivering greater flexibility, a lower effective 
3
cost of debt and a reduced overall cost of capital. Given the 
2
2
1
uncertainty of the global macro-economic environment, 
securing this debt now was an important and pragmatic 
initiative.

.

New funds
In June 2022 we launched Fund 8, a new fund with an 
innovative insured, leveraged structure, focused on investing 
up to €300 million into global enforcement opportunities. 
This Fund has an eight-year structure with principal protection 
cover to provide funding capacity for enforcement investment 
opportunities that have historically generated an IRR in excess 
of 100% and a ROIC consistently in excess of 3x.

Our new Fund 8 structure represents the most accretive to 
date for Omni Bridgeway shareholders. Compared to our 
peer’s funding models, we believe Fund 8’s unique structure, 
scope, terms and size reinforces our innovative leadership in 
structuring funds to generate significant stakeholder value. 
After full establishment of Fund 8, the Group’s funds under 
management will increase to approximately $3 billion. 

In the future, we will be exploring the creation of new Funds 
including ESG and low-risk investment strategies, which 
together with the upsizing of Funds 4 and 5 will take our funds 
under management to over $5 billion. These funds are likely to 
be structured around a management fee based on committed 
capital and a lower performance fee, with a lower level of 
capital to be committed from our balance sheet.

Risk management strategies
Inherent to our investment class there are risks of an adverse 
outcome and duration extension. We have developed 
strategies to address these risks. During FY22, the Group sold 
partial interests in two of its litigation investments. These 
transactions reflect the ongoing evolution and maturation 
of our sector and investment class. Our sourcing and 
underwriting expertise create value that is being recognised 
by secondary market demand for mid-cycle, quality legal 
risk assets.

Sales to the secondary market provide an opportunity to 
monetise opportunities during a litigation’s life and de-risk 
completion and duration uncertainty, while enabling Omni 
Bridgeway to retain the majority of the upside potential. 
They confirm the implicit value of the Group’s investment 
portfolio following review by third parties and demonstrate 
that litigation assets can be monetised ahead of completion. 
These transactions give rise to the opportunity to recognise 
significant unrealised gains, reduce reliance on a binary 
completion outcome and provide immediate liquidity for 
capital deployed. 

We envisage using the secondary market in future for single 
case and portfolio investments to accelerate realisations 
and improve liquidity for the Group. We will also examine 
potential securitisation of our investments in portfolios of 
cases, along with possible acquisitions on the secondary 
market, where Fund mandates accommodate. These exciting 
market developments have the potential to deliver attractive 
financial returns for Omni Bridgeway shareholders and 
Fund investors in the future. We will maintain a majority and 
controlling interest in those investments where we have made 
a partial sale, and do not expect to sell more than 40% of our 
interest in those investments. We are targeting to generate 
a material amount of our annual income from secondary 
market transactions.

In addition to monetisation of investments in the secondary 
market, we are putting in place insurance products that 
mitigate our risks and enable us to enhance risk adjusted 
returns. Most recently we have insured our potential profit in 
an investment in Fund 1. In this investment, whether we win 
or lose the matter, our profit is protected, and our principal 
investment is insured by up to 80%. 

9

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationManaging Director’s report

continued

ESG
Omni Bridgeway is committed to good stewardship of investor 
funds and believes that making a positive impact on the 
environment and the societies in which we operate is an 
integral part of delivering long term value for our stakeholders. 
As with all aspects of our business, we adopt ESG practices 
that support value creation and we are conscious that this 
requires those practices to be reflective of, and align with, 
the scale of our business and its operations.

We have a strong track record of financing cases that advance 
the public interest and provide access-to-justice. We also 
encourage thought leadership that advances the industry 
and charitable causes within our communities, including:

 –

 –

 –

Commencing our first Summer Associate Internship 
Program in the US, with a focus on recruiting from law 
schools at Historically Black Colleges and Universities
Participating in social programs including the Walk for 
Justice in South Australia, supporting the Public Interest 
Advocacy Centre in Australia, providing resources to “Pro 
Bono Ontario” and providing lectures at the Osgoode Hall 
Law School in Canada
Providing finance for environmental and social claims 
including the Combustible Cladding claims on behalf of 
home owners for the damage to their homes in Spring 
Farm, New South Wales and on behalf of consumers 
in Canada in an anti-competition claim in relation to 
bread products

Our ESG Statement, which reports on those ESG matters of 
most relevance to our business and stakeholders, is updated 
annually with the latest report available on our website from 
September 2022.

The year ahead
We are an investor in an asset class that is typically 
uncorrelated with economic cycles and other macro events. 
The current global uncertainties and constraints on access to 
capital create opportunities for us to invest in litigation risks 
around the world. We have a strong platform for growth and 
a balanced portfolio that is delivering results. 

For FY23, our key goals include:

$550 million to $600 million 
commitment target 

Increase FUM to approximately $4 billion 
to $4.5 billion via series II of Funds 4 and 5

Executing our US growth strategy 

Ongoing optimisation of our capital 
structure for greater flexibility and 
capacity

Continuing to mitigate our risks through 
diversification across our global portfolio

Potentially launching additional funds to 
accelerate our FUM target of $5 billion

Expanding into new markets in APAC, 
the Americas and EMEA

Exploring potential merger and 
acquisition opportunities

We acknowledge the contribution of our Omni Bridgeway 
team that demonstrates every day their commitment 
to achieving business goals and maximising investment 
outcomes for all stakeholders.

We continue to see great opportunities ahead for the 
Group. It is a privilege to build a world-class business and 
a game-changing industry, and we are honoured to share 
the journey together.

Andrew Saker 
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer  

10

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Investment portfolio

Portfolio overview1
At 30 June 2022 our diversified portfolio comprised over 300 
investments with a net carrying value of $550.9 million with an 
estimated portfolio value (EPV) of $27.2 billion which increased 
by 35% in FY22.

Our annual investments on a conditional and unconditional 
basis total $463.3 million in capital commitments representing a 
12% increase on last year, and a CAGR of 34% since FY18. We are 
targeting commitments of between $550 million to $600 million 
for FY23.

The table below shows data on completed investments for 
all funds since their respective inceptions and balance sheet 
completions since 1 July 2011.

Funds management
The Group has access to significant Fund capital to pursue 
further litigation investment opportunities. Fund 4 investors 
have agreed to extend the series one investment period by six 
months to October 2023 and we anticipate a similar extension 
for Fund 5 to January 2024. Discussions have commenced with 
existing investors relating to the upsizing of Funds 4 and 5 by 
another US$500 million each. We are aiming to close before 
the end of 2022.

During the year, we launched Fund 8, a new fund with an 
innovative insured, leveraged structure, focused on investing 
up to €300 million into global enforcement investment 
opportunities. After full establishment of Fund 8, funds under 
management will increase to approximately $3 billion. 

Completed investments

Average 
duration

3.2 yrs

3.2 yrs

1.6 yrs

1.0 yrs

1.2 yrs

3.0 yrs

n/a

n/a

EPV

$4,165m

$1,526m

$453m

$822m

$316m

n/a

n/a

n/a

Income 
conversion 
rate

Success rate 
$ weighted 
average

20% 

13% 

17% 

11% 

11% 

n/a

n/a

n/a

82% 

72% 

50% 

100% 

84% 

76% 

n/a

n/a

#

97

31

16

7

6

217

n/a

n/a

ROIC

1.52x

0.56x

0.85x

0.62x

0.24x

3.05x

n/a

n/a

IRR

80% 

22% 

95% 

96% 

15% 

177% 

n/a

n/a

Balance sheet

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 51

Fund 62

Fund 7

Fund 8

1 

2 

Fund 5 is presented at 100%.

Fund 6 date is since inception.

Global risk, compliance and governance

Regulatory landscape
There have been some positive regulatory developments over 
the year in the markets in which we operate. 

As a funder of class actions in Australia, we hold an Australian 
Financial Services Licence (AFSL) for operating managed 
investment schemes (MIS). However, a court decision in 
June 2022 has determined that a typically funded class 
action is not an MIS and under the recently-elected federal 
government, Omni Bridgeway anticipates a more favourable 
regulatory landscape. 

In New Zealand, the Aotearoa Law Commission has confirmed 
that it will recommend the creation of a statutory class action 
regime with the courts regulating funding of such actions. Omni 
Bridgeway believes the recommendations could produce a 
robust, clear class action regime that provides access to justice 
for New Zealand claimants.

In EMEA Omni Bridgeway has co-founded and helped launch 
the new European Litigation Funders Association (ELFA), which 
will set practice standards and serve as the European voice 
for the industry. We have also seen that the recent report into 
litigation funding in the EU has not gained traction, and we do 
not anticipate that it will create any material adverse outcomes 
for our EMEA operations.

In the US, we have seen a trend for State rules being introduced 
that will require the disclosure of the involvement of a litigation 
funder. The typical type of disclosure that has been required 
to date is relatively limited and has not evolved into additional 
interlocutory skirmishes as the industry had initially feared. 
To the contrary, there appears to be a growing body of 
jurisprudence to support the proposition Omni Bridgeway has 
advocated, that disclosure beyond the involvement of a funder 
is unnecessary for the efficient conduct of litigation.

The Company continues to play an active role in key industry 
associations around the world, including the International Legal 
Finance Association (ILFA), for which Omni Bridgeway is also a 
founding member and active executive committee contributor. 

11

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationOur regional hub highlights

Global 

As COVID conditions ease, courts and arbitral institutions 
are regaining momentum and we anticipate returning to a 
more normal cycle of investment completions. Applications 
increased markedly in the second half of FY22 and there is 
rising demand for our finance solutions across all regions. 
There has been particularly strong interest in patent and 
antitrust litigation financing in the US and enforcement 
across multiple regions. The rising cost of capital and 
uncertain economic conditions are expected to help drive 
demand for our products in the year ahead. 

We have transitioned our business operations to a regional 
hub organisational structure to increase synergies in 
business development, sourcing and underwriting. This 
will also foster greater cross-border cooperation and skill-
sharing across product lines – particularly enforcement, 
arbitration and insolvency.

Omni Bridgeway  
employs 190+ talented 
professionals globally

While the competitive landscape fluctuates around the 
world, with industry participants entering and withdrawing 
in some markets, Omni Bridgeway remains a market 
leader in our key jurisdictions. We anticipate industry 
consolidation in the future in a number of our markets as 
the sector continues to mature. This is likely to present 
attractive growth opportunities for Omni Bridgeway.

Geographic location of global Investment Management team

Americas

EMEA

APAC

38%

33%

29%

LONDON

AMSTERDAM

MADRID

COLOGNE
GENEVA

TORONTO

MONTREAL
NEW YORK
WASHINGTON DC

MINNEAPOLIS

HOUSTON

SAN FRANCISCO

LOS ANGELES

MONTEVIDEO

Current locations and serviced remotely / agents / other.

12

DUBAI

SINGAPORE

HONG KONG

PERTH

ADELAIDE

BRISBANE

SYDNEY

MELBOURNE

AUCKLAND

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Americas 
(Canada, United States, Latin America)

Omni Bridgeway continued its strategic expansion in 
the Americas in FY22, with Investment Team growth, 
new office openings and key appointments in the 
People & Culture, Information Technology, Marketing 
and Business Development teams. We launched our 
judgment enforcement business and strengthened 
capabilities in fields such as Intellectual Property 
in response to market demand. 

FY22 highlights 

US team growth approximately 50% 

Expanded US operations into Washington, 
D.C. and Minneapolis

Established LatAm presence in Montevideo, 
Uruguay

Launched the US enforcement business, 
with local appointments and support from 
an EMEA secondment

Appointed Jim Batson (New York) and 
Matthew Harrison (San Francisco) as 
Managing Directors and Co-Chief Investment 
Officers for the US, replacing Allison Chock 
who retired in December 2021

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

Jim Batson, Managing Director and Co-Chief Investment 
Officer (US) explains what differentiates Omni Bridgeway 
and how the market has evolved 

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

Matthew Harrison, Managing Director and Co-Chief 
Investment Officer (US) observes the increasing 
understanding and adoption of legal finance 

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

Paul Rand, Chief Investment Officer (Canada) describes 
the funding landscape in Canada, and what makes 
Omni Bridgeway special

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

Annie Lespérance, Investment Manager and Legal Counsel, 
Head of Latin America Group, explains the market demand, 
product offerings and growth opportunities in Latin America

13

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationOur regional hub highlights

continued

APAC 
(Asia-Pacific including Asia, Australia, 
New Zealand)

We have introduced a new regional leadership 
structure for Asia Pacific and appointed new 
investment team members to enhance our specialist 
capabilities. Our Australian team exceeded funding 
targets despite regulatory changes and pandemic 
restrictions. The demand for secondary market 
investments was demonstrated by the partial sale 
of our CBA and Cladding class action investments. 
In Singapore and Hong Kong, the introduction of law 
firm contingency fees in international arbitration has 
opened up new opportunities to support law firms 
in the region.

FY22 highlights 

Appointed Oliver Gayner (Sydney) and Tom 
Glasgow (Singapore) Managing Directors 
and Co-Chief Investment Officers (APAC) and 
also appointed Tom Glasgow as Head of the 
Global International Arbitration Portfolio

Transitioned Tania Sulan from Chief 
Investment Officer (ANZ) to Managing 
Director – Transformation, to implement 
strategic initiatives for the Board 
and leadership

Expanded enforcement capability across 
the APAC region with dedicated asset tracing 
and intelligence resources

Opened the Auckland office

Developed new lead-generation technology 
to supplement team sourcing activity

14

SCAN QR CODE 
SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO
TO VIEW VIDEO

Tom Glasgow, Managing Director and Co-Chief Investment 
Officer (APAC) shares insights into funding in Asia, alongside 
team members 

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

Oliver Gayner, Managing Director and Co-Chief Investment 
Officer (APAC) describes the Australian funding market 

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

Tania Sulan, former Chief Investment Officer (ANZ) describes 
her new role as Managing Director - Transformation 

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022EMEA 
(Europe, Middle East, Africa)

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

To meet market demand, the EMEA team expanded during 
the year and remains the largest and most experienced 
funding team in the region, with further growth intended 
for FY23 including in Italy and France. We have observed a 
number of international funders withdrawing from EMEA 
in response to the pandemic and other challenges and 
anticipate future industry consolidation as seen in other 
jurisdictions. In FY22 Omni Bridgeway was instrumental 
in the formation of the new European Litigation Funding 
Association and will be an active member of this collective 
‘voice of the industry’, addressing issues that arise in the 
regulatory landscape.

Wieger Wielinga, Managing Director Enforcement & EMEA 
shares market insights and passion for his work 

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

FY22 highlights 

Expanded resources in the Netherlands, 
the UK, Germany and Spain

Raymond van Hulst, Executive Director, Managing Director 
and Chief Investment Officer - EMEA explains the EMEA market 
and Omni Bridgeway’s strengths shares market insights

Welcomed new Global Head of Portfolio 
Management (London)

Appointed Jurriaan Braat, Managing Director 
Enforcement and EMEA, as Head of the 
global Judgment Enforcement portfolio

Launched an innovative new Fund structure 
for judgment enforcement investments

Co-founded European Litigation Funding 
Association (ELFA) with Wieger Wielinga, 
Managing Director Enforcement & EMEA, 
as inaugural Chairperson

SCAN QR CODE 
TO VIEW VIDEO

Members of our leadership team share their insights on our 
website. Scan the QR code to view videos

15

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationDirectors’ report

Board of Directors

Michael Kay 
Non-Executive Chairman

Bachelor of Laws (University of Sydney,  
Australia)

Andrew Saker 
Managing Director & CEO and 
Chief Strategy Officer – US

Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting & Finance) 
(University of Western Australia)
Associate Member, Chartered Accountants 
Australia and New Zealand

Raymond van Hulst 
Executive Director, Managing 
Director and Chief Investment 
Officer – EMEA

Masters of Business Administration (INSEAD)
Masters in Management (University 
of Groningen, The Netherlands)

A C N R

N

Appointed: July 2015 

Appointed: January 2015 

Appointed: April 2020 

Michael Kay has been the Non-
Executive Chairman since July 2015. 
He brings a wealth of commercial 
experience, with a sound track-record 
of building successful businesses. 
Most recently he was Chief Executive 
Officer and Managing Director of 
salary packaging company McMillan 
Shakespeare Limited. He was previously 
Chief Executive Officer of national 
insurer AAMI and before that spent 
12 years in private legal practice.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years

 – Chairman and Non-Executive 
Director of City Chic Collective 
Limited (ASX: CCX) (appointed 
October 2021)

Andrew Saker was appointed Managing 
Director & Chief Executive Officer in 
January 2015. Since then, he has led a 
transformational strategy of geographic 
expansion, product diversification, 
and migrating the company’s business 
model from capital management to 
fund management.

In 2019 Mr Saker led the merger, and 
subsequent integration, of the IMF 
Bentham and Omni Bridgeway legacy 
businesses to form the global Omni 
Bridgeway Group. Omni Bridgeway 
is now the largest funding team in 
the world and the global leader in 
financing and managing legal risks.

Mr Saker and the Board have set 
Omni Bridgeway’s corporate strategy 
to 2025, prioritising further geographic 
expansion, product extensions and 
team augmentation.

Mr Saker has lived and worked in 
Australia, Asia and the United States.

Until his appointment as Managing 
Director & Chief Executive Officer, Mr Saker 
was a Registered Company Liquidator of 
the Australian Securities & Investments 
Commission and an Official Liquidator 
of the Supreme and Federal Courts.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years

Nil

Raymond van Hulst is responsible for 
several special projects and for the 
company’s strategic initiatives, operations 
and investment activities across the 
EMEA region. He leads one of the largest 
teams of litigators, recovery, business 
intelligence and asset-tracing specialists 
in the industry.

Mr van Hulst has over 20 years’ experience 
in structuring and managing innovative 
solutions for complex and high value 
litigation funding and legal enforcement 
matters.

Mr van Hulst has established two 
institutionally backed funds aimed at 
funding legal disputes and enforcement 
matters, including in joint venture with 
the International Finance Corporation, 
part of the World Bank for the Distressed 
Asset Recovery Program. He leads Omni 
Bridgeway’s Investment Committee for 
these funds. Mr van Hulst also led Omni 
Bridgeway’s acquisition of its German 
funding business, Roland ProzessFinanz, 
in 2017.

Mr van Hulst was previously with ABN 
AMRO Bank Structured Finance, based 
out of India and Europe.

Mr van Hulst has lived and worked in 
The Netherlands, India, France and 
Switzerland.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years

Nil

Committee Membership 

A  Audit and Risk Committee 
C  Corporate Governance Committee
N  Nomination Committee 
R  Remuneration Committee 

Chair of Committee 
Member of Committee

16

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Karen Phin 
Non-Executive Director

Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws 
(Honours) (University of Sydney, Australia)
Graduate Australian Institute 
of Company Directors

Michael Bowen 
Non-Executive Director

Bachelor of Laws, Jurisprudence and 
Commerce (University of Western Australia)

A C N R

A C N R

Appointed: August 2017

Appointed: December 2001 

Karen Phin has over 25 years’ experience 
advising Australian listed companies on 
capital management, capital raisings and 
mergers and acquisitions. Until 2014, 
Ms Phin was a Managing Director and 
Head of Capital Advisory at Citigroup in 
Australia and New Zealand. Prior to joining 
Citigroup, she spent 12 months at ASIC 
as a Senior Specialist in the Corporations 
group. From 1996 to 2009, Ms Phin was 
a Managing Director at UBS AG, where 
she established and led the Capital 
Management Group.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years

 – Non-Executive Director of Magellan 
Financial Group Limited (ASX: MFG) 
(appointed May 2014)

 – Non-Executive Director of ARB 
Corporation Limited (ASX: ARB) 
(appointed June 2019)

Michael Bowen was a partner of global 
law firm DLA Piper and joined Thomson 
Geer in 2020. He practises primarily 
corporate, commercial and securities law 
with an emphasis on mergers, acquisitions, 
capital raisings and resources. Mr Bowen 
assists the Managing Director on matters 
concerning corporations law.

He has been admitted as a barrister and 
solicitor of the Supreme Court of Western 
Australia since 1979, and is also admitted 
as a solicitor of the High Court of Australia.

He is a Certified Public Accountant and 
a member of the Australian Society of 
Accountants.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years

 – Non-Executive Director of Lotus 
Resources Limited (ASX: LOT) 
(appointed February 2021)

 – Member of the Takeovers Panel

 – Non-Executive Director of Genesis 

Minerals Limited (ASX: GMD) 
(appointed October 2021)

 – Non-Executive Director of Trek 

Metals Limited (ASX: TKM) 
(retired September 2020)

Christine Feldmanis
Non-Executive Director

Bachelor of Commerce (University 
of Wollongong, Australia) 
Master of Applied Finance (Macquarie 
University, Australia) 
Fellow of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors
Trustee Fellow of the Association of 
Superannuation Funds of Australia
Senior Fellow of the Financial Services 
Institute of Australasia
Certified Practising Accountant

A C N R

Appointed: November 2018 

Christine Feldmanis is a qualified 
accountant, investment, governance 
and risk management specialist with 
over 30 years’ experience in the finance 
and investment industry. Ms Feldmanis 
was previously Managing Director of an 
ASX-listed boutique funds management 
incubator business and Chief Finance 
Officer of the NSW Treasury Corporation.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years 

 – Non-Executive Director of Bell 
Financial Group Ltd (ASX: BFG) 
(appointed February 2020)

 – Non-Executive Director of Perpetual 
Equity Investment Company Limited 
(ASX: PIC) (retired November 2020)

17

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationDirectors’ report

continued

Board of Directors
continued

Officers

Hugh McLernon 
Executive Director (retired)

Bachelor of Laws (University of Western  
Australia)

Stuart Mitchell 
Group Chief Financial Officer

Bachelor of Commerce (University 
of New South Wales, Australia) 
Diploma in Law (New South Wales Legal 
Profession Admission Board)
Graduate Diploma in Legal Practice 
(University of Technology Sydney, Australia)

Jeremy Sambrook
Global General Counsel 
and Company Secretary

Bachelor of Laws (University of Bristol, 
United Kingdom)

Appointed: March 1995 

Appointed: November 2018 

Appointed: January 2016

Stuart Mitchell joined the company in 
November 2018. He was previously Chief 
Financial Officer, Legal Counsel and 
Company Secretary for Ironbridge Capital, 
an Australian- based investment and 
private equity firm, providing funding for 
domestic and international businesses. His 
role encompassed financial management, 
budgeting, modelling, reporting and 
disclosure, governance, compliance, risk 
assessment, accounting, taxation, licensing 
and control issues of the manager, funds 
and associated structures across Asia 
Pacific, the Caribbean and Europe.

Mr Mitchell has over 20 years’ commercial 
experience in Australia and the UK in 
the financial services sector, including 
private equity, funds management and 
venture capital.

He has held senior finance and legal 
roles, leading all aspects of corporate 
finance, administration, compliance, risk, 
accounting and tax. Mr Mitchell has worked 
in London in business analysis and finance, 
control and compliance and lending and 
derivatives. He has also worked in private 
legal practice, specialising in litigation 
and held accounting, audit and advisory 
positions in Australia.

He was admitted to practise as a solicitor 
in New South Wales and is a qualified 
Chartered Company Secretary and 
Chartered Accountant.

Jeremy Sambrook is an experienced 
corporate lawyer with a broad in-house 
legal and private practice background, 
having practised in the UK, Hong Kong, 
the Channel Islands and Australia.

Immediately before joining the company 
Mr Sambrook was a Special Counsel in the 
Corporate team at DLA Piper Australia in 
Perth, Australia.

Following seven years working at a leading 
London law firm, Mr Sambrook moved to 
one of Europe’s largest international hedge 
fund managers as Corporate Legal Counsel 
with responsibility for a wide variety of 
corporate group projects. He became a 
partner in 2010 and went on to manage 
the off-shore head office before moving 
with his family to Australia in 2013.

Mr Sambrook was appointed as General 
Counsel and Company Secretary in 
2016 and has built out the global legal, 
compliance and risk function, in line with 
the international growth of the business, to 
a team of legal and compliance specialists 
across APAC, North America and EMEA.

He became Global General Counsel and 
Company Secretary in 2020 following the 
expansion of the Legal and Risk team.

He leads the company’s in-house legal and 
secretariat functions and is responsible 
for all Group legal, risk, compliance and 
corporate governance.

Mr Mitchell has lived in Australia, the 
United Kingdom and Italy.

Mr Sambrook has lived in the United 
Kingdom, Channel Islands and Australia.

Retired: November 2021

Hugh McLernon was one of the 
founders and pioneers of the 
contemporary dispute finance industry 
and was an Executive Director and 
member of the company’s Investment 
Committee from 2001. 

After graduating as a lawyer, Mr 
McLernon worked as a Crown 
Prosecutor and then as a barrister 
at the independent bar before joining 
Clayton Utz as a litigation partner.

In 1988, he left legal practice and 
introduced the secondary life 
insurance market into Australia 
through the Capital Life Exchange. 
He also pioneered the funding of large-
scale litigation in Australia through 
McLernon Group Limited in 1992. In 
1997 Mr McLernon overcame the first 
claim of champerty in the modern era 
made in the Federal Court of Australia 
in Penale -v- McLernon Group Limited. 
From 1996 to 2001, he was the 
Managing Director of McLernon 
Group Limited, as well as the Hill 
Group of companies which operates 
in the finance, mining, property, 
insurance and general investment 
arenas of Australia.

In 2001, Mr McLernon promoted the 
listing of Insolvency Management Fund 
Limited (now Omni Bridgeway Limited) 
onto the ASX. He was the inaugural 
Managing Director from 2001 to 2004, 
and again from 2009 to 2015.

The American Lawyer included Mr 
McLernon in its list of the Top 50 
innovators for Big Law in the US during 
the course of the previous half century.

Directorships of other listed 
entities within the past three years

Nil

18

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Operating and financial review

Principal activities 
The Group’s principal activities were: 

 – the investment into, and management of, funds (or fund-

like structures) that are focused on investing into litigation 
and dispute resolution and enforcement matters globally; 
and 

 – the continued holding of direct investments into similar 

litigation and dispute resolution, and enforcement matters. 

The Group invests by entering into funding agreements with 
litigants, liquidators, banks, creditors, or law firms to provide 
funding, recovery, enforcement and associated services; or 
purchasing judgments, awards, claims or rights to action, civil 
law litigation, non-performing loans and distressed debt.

Overlaying the principal activities is the funds management 
aspect of the Group that:

 – provides services to external third party capital;
 – generates recurring management and service fees; and
 – provides the opportunity for further return through 

performance fees depending on a Fund’s performance. 

Whether by direct investment or via a fund structure, the 
objective is to make litigation investments which ultimately 
result in a successful completion (e.g by settlement, court 
judgment, arbitral award or enforcement recovery). The 
successful completion of an investment and the timing of that 
completion is, in many respects, beyond the Group’s control. 
It may take several years between making an initial investment 
and finalising a completion.

The Group is also able to sell interests in litigation investments 
into the secondary market rather than continuing to hold the 
entirety of the investment through to completion. Secondary 
sales improve the liquidity, mitigate completion risk and 
the duration uncertainty of these investments while also 
accelerating realisations and retaining most of the upside 
potential.

If the underlying litigation, arbitration, recovery or enforcement 
action is successful, the Group earns a return from the 
resolution sum obtained. Where the Group has purchased 
the award, claim or right to action, non performing loan or 
distressed debt the Group’s return will be the resolution sum 
less any legal or professional fees and any residual success 
fee component to the vendor. Otherwise, the resolution sum 
is shared with the funded client(s) in accordance with the 
contracted funding terms. The share to the Group will generally 
be the amount invested plus a return defined as either:

 – a multiple of the amount invested; or
 – a percentage of the realised amount; or
 – a combination of the above.

In some instances (e.g Australian class action litigation) the 
presiding court or tribunal of the underlying litigation may be 
involved to approve a settlement and that involvement can 
extend to consideration of the litigation funding terms.

Generally, the multiple or percentage return to the Group 
increases as the duration of an investment extends. If the 
underlying litigation, arbitration, recovery or enforcement 
is unsuccessful the Group generally does not generate any 
financial return. 

In certain jurisdictions, the investment terms may require 
the Group to pay an amount of adverse costs to the litigation 
counterparty. In certain circumstances the Group can obtain 
insurance to protect any of deployed capital, commission and 
adverse costs exposure.

The Group’s financial results in any reporting period typically 
reflects the completion of investments that were generally 
made a number of years prior. The strategic and operational 
highlights discussed in the Chairman’s Report and Managing 
Director’s Report are consistent with, and complementary 
to, our existing business and accordingly there has been 
no change to the principal activities of Group during the 
financial year.

Nature of operations
The Group’s alternative asset class investments and funds 
management operations, which commenced in 2017, are  
non-cyclical and uncorrelated to underlying economic 
conditions. 

Since 2017, investment activities are undertaken through its 
Funds (or Fund-like structures) which have developed and 
evolved into a mature funds management platform:

 – Funds 1 and 2&3 - first generation funds – established by 
the Group in 2017 with a European distribution waterfall 
and a preferred return to external Fund investors. 
Distributions to OBL include a management fee and 
a residual super-profit share. Given the consolidated 
nature of these Funds, any distributions to OBL whether 
of capital, management fee or super-profit share will 
eliminate upon consolidation, whilst the NCI component 
will vary depending upon the status of the NCI distribution 
waterfall.

 – Funds 4 and 5 - second generation funds – established by 
the Group in 2019 with an American distribution waterfall, 
periodic management fees and transactional performance 
fees. Given the partial consolidated nature of these fund 
structures, distributions will eliminate and investment 
returns will appear as though there was no Fund structure 
with the management and performance fees showing on 
the face of the accounts. There is no NCI consolidated into 
the Group from Fund 5 and it is not consolidated in the 
Financial Statements.

 – Funds 6 and 7 – purchased by the Group in 2019 through 
the acquisition of OBE with a hybrid deal-by-deal and fund 
level waterfall that incorporates annual management fees. 

 – Fund 8 – insured leveraged structure focused on global 

enforcements. There is currently no NCI consolidated into 
the Group from Fund 8.

19

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationEmployees
At 30 June 2022, the Group employed 199 permanent staff 
(2021: 180). 

Operating results for the financial year
The Group made a profit after tax (before NCI) for the year 
of $6.5 million (2021: loss $18.4 million).

Although the profit result has improved on FY21, it continues 
to reflect the variability of returns from investments with 
binary outcomes and non-lineal periods for completions.

The total gross proceeds and investment revenue in FY22 was 
$197.8 million. This reflects the Group’s consolidated share 
of Fund 5 at 20%, at 100% the value was $210.4 million1.

Operating and financial review (continued)
The waterfalls and fee structures in the various Funds in 
part determine the attribution of profits, net assets and 
distributions between the Group’s equity holders and non-
controlling interests.

Whilst the Group manages the Funds’ investment activity, 
diversification and opportunities using third party capital, it 
remains a committed litigation investment funder in its own 
right, holding a meaningful capital interest (5%-25%) in each 
Fund. Through its indirect exposure, OBL has $267.4 million 
committed to litigation investments from which it expects to 
generate significant investment return as the investments 
complete and distributions flow from the Funds.

The investment period of the first generation funds and Fund 
6 have expired and they are in their “harvest” phase. The 
second generation continue deploying capital with additional 
investment funding capacity available and the expectation 
that the size of these Funds will be increased in the coming 
reporting period. Fund 8 is recently established and yet to 
make its first investment.

The Group invests across the globe with a physical operating 
presence in the Americas, APAC and EMEA. 

In the last 12 months, the Group has achieved the following investment performance:

Completed investments

Ongoing Investments - partial completions

Ongoing Investments - secondary sales

# investments

ROIC

IRR

66

23

2

1.18x

0.88x

4.62x

29%

43%

104% 

The ongoing investment’s metrics are interim calculations with the investments expected to generate further returns.

Excerpts from Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June 2022

2022  
$’000

2021  
$’000

Change 
%

Gross proceeds and investment revenue1

197,770 

271,627

Interest revenue on litigation investments - purchased claims

6,275 

8,138

Costs of derecognition or disposal of litigation investments

(131,778)

(108,537)

Other revenue and income

Total income

Expenses, fair value adjustments and tax benefits

Profit/(loss) after tax

16,914 

89,181 

6,628

177,856

(82,699)

(196,287)

6,482 

(18,431)

(27%)

(23%)

21%

155%

(50%)

58%

135%

1 

 Gross proceeds and investment revenue is calculated as the sum of proceeds on derecognition of litigation investments – intangible assets, proceeds 
on derecognition of litigation investments – purchased claims and revenue from litigation investments – claims portfolio for the consolidated group, in 
accordance with CO 14/1276. It is categorised as non-IFRS information prepared in accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing non-IFRS 
financial information, issued in December 2011. The $197.8 reflects the Group’s 20% interest in Fund 5. If the 80% attributable to external investors of 
$12.6 million had been included, the total would be $210.4 million as per the Investment Portfolio Report at 30 June 2022, lodged with ASX on 28 July 2022.

Refer to Appendix for more detail on non-IFRS disclosures.

20

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
Operating and financial review (continued)

NCI attribution
The Group’s strategy in recent years to generate more 
consistent income has proved successful with the second-
generation Funds starting to provide a meaningful recurring 
annual management fee base.

The loss attributable to the Group’s equity holders in FY22 
was $45.6 million with a profit of $52.1 million attributable to 
NCI. This disproportionate attribution is primarily due to the 
status of the first-generation Funds’ distribution waterfalls 
which prioritised the return to NCI during the period. For 
these Funds, the NCI portion is dependent on the status of 
the waterfall which progresses from initially 100% going to NCI, 
and then 100% to OBL and finally a super-profit share.

Liquidity and capital resources

Working capital

Current assets

Current liabilities (excluding debt)1

Net working capital

Working capital ratio

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
The Group continues to maintain a solid financial position 
based on:

 – Strong liquidity and working capital levels
 – Debt refinancing which was settled post 30 June 2022 
and substantially reduced the Group’s cost of capital
 – Limited net debt and an appropriate level of total equity
 – Continued growth of litigation investments

Litigation investments
At 30 June 2022, the carrying value of litigation investments 
was $550.9 million (2021: $525.2 million) with more than 
300 active litigation investments. This reflects the Group’s 
consolidated share of Fund 5 at 20%. At 100%, the value 
was $635.1 million (2021: $558.8 million). All investments are 
generally carried at cost and there is a lag between investment 
commitment and capital deployment. The growth has been 
across all IFRS classifications for these litigation investments. 
The 689% growth of the financial assets reflects the Group’s 
AFSL status and current competitive advantage in Australian 
class actions.

2022  
$’000

2021  
$’000

Change 
%

293,083 

357,985

128,329 

73,672

164,754 

284,313

2.3:1

4.9:1

(18%)

74%

(42%)

(53%)

1 

Current liabilities excludes debt for the purposes of calculating the working capital as it was repaid shortly after 30 June 2022.

Capital structure
A strong capital position was maintained at 30 June 2022 built on the Group’s cash holdings, limited net debt and total equity. 
This capital structure enables the business to grow its operations, meet deployment obligations and support corporate initiatives.

21

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationOperating and financial review (continued)

Profile of interest-bearing debt
The profile of the Group’s interest-bearing debt finance at 30 June 2022 is summarised in the table below. The Bonds and Fixed 
Rate Notes are classified in the table as current due to their redemptions occurring on 8 July 2022.

  Omni Bridgeway Bonds 

Fixed Rate Notes

Leases

Current

  Omni Bridgeway Bonds 

Fixed Rate Notes

Leases

Non-current

Total interest-bearing debt

2022  
$’000

2021  
$’000

Change 
%

76,000 

72,000 

2,755 

150,755 

 – 

 – 

11,173 

11,173 

161,928

 – 

 – 

2,449

2,449

75,290

70,232

3,394

148,916

151,365

100%

100%

12%

6,056%

(100%)

(100%)

229%

(92%)

7%

The Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes were due to mature on 
22 December 2022 and 8 January 2026 respectively but were 
refinanced on 8 July 2022 thereby reducing current debt by 
$148 million with a consequent increase in non current debt 
of $150 million.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
The consolidated Statement of Cash Flows illustrates that 
there was an increase in cash and cash equivalents for the 
year ended 30 June 2022 of $14.6 million (2021: decrease 
of $47.5 million). 

Debt refinance
On 6 July 2022, the Group made an initial draw down of $150 
million on the new 5-year, $250 million institutional debt 
facility to redeem the Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes in advance 
of their maturity on 8 July 2022. The new facility was provided 
by Northleaf Capital Partners and Pacific Equity Partners and 
includes $100 million of undrawn debt capital to enable the 
Group to optimise its medium term capital management. 

The terms of the new facility include a variable rate of interest 
based on the BBSY Bid rate plus a fixed margin of 7.00% per 
annum, a maturity date of 7 July 2027, a security interest over 
all present and after-acquired property of OBL and guarantees 
and security provided by certain wholly owned subsidiaries.

The new facility provides a comparative cost of capital saving 
due to not having the restrictive requirement to hold cash and 
receivables equivalent to 75% of the debt (being $111 million 
at 30 June 2022) as per the Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes which 
was an additional cost to the Group.

Subsequent to reporting date, 30 June 2022, the principal debt 
of $150 million debt is classified as non-current.

In relation to the movements in cash:

 – Operating activities - $74.5 million of net cash outflows 

(2021: $97.9 million),

 –  Investing activities - $163.5 million of net cash inflows 

(2021: $46.8 million)

Across both operating and investing activities per IFRS 
classifications, the aggregate cash flows include:

 – proceeds from litigation investments - $293.2 million
 –  management and performance fee proceeds - 

$12.6 million

 –  payments for litigation investments - ($126.8 million)

 –  Financing activities $74.3 million net cash outflows 

(2021: net cash inflows $3.7 million) include:
 – Contributions from NCI - $43.6 million
 –  Distributions to NCI - ($113.3 million)

22

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
Shareholders
Since 1 July 2017, OBL has outperformed the S&P/ASX indices by more than 5% on an annualised basis up to 30 June 2022 as 
detailed below:

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

)

%

(

s
n
r
u
t
e
R
d
e
s
i
l

a
u
n
n
A

Annualised Return with Dividend Reinvestment

Omni Bridgeway Limited (Dividends Reinvested)

14.9%

S&P/ASX 300 Diversified Financials Index

S&P/ASX 300 Accumulation Index

S&P/ASX 200 Accumulation Index

4.3%

6.9%

6.8%

Dividends
The Company considers its capital management options in light of the cash position and performance of the Group at the time as 
well as the likely demand for cash over the ensuing 12-month period. In determining the appropriate mechanism to deliver returns 
to shareholders, the Board will consider both semi-annual dividends and share buy-backs. Relevant considerations include the 
source and nature of income and the prevailing share price relative to the intrinsic value and the franking credit balance.

Based on the FY22 profit result and expected capital requirements, the Directors have not declared an interim or final dividend 
for the year (2021: Nil).

Shareholder returns
The following is a summary of shareholder returns for the year ended 30 June 2022:

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (cents per share)

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (cents per share)

Return on assets (NPAT/average assets)

Return on equity (NPAT/average equity)

Net debt/equity ratio %1

2022

2021

(17.17)

(17.17)

0.6%

0.9%

 N/A 

(9.86)

(9.86)

(1.7%)

(2.4%)

N/A

1 

 As cash and short term deposits are greater than total debt net debt (cash and short term deposits less total debt) net debt is positive. The ongoing 
investment’s metrics are interim calculations with the investments expected to generate further returns.

Shares issued during the year
On 23 August 2021, the Company issued 2,800,372 shares relating to the FY19 LTIP vesting. 

On 22 February 2022, the Company issued 3,658,825 shares to the vendors of OBE relating to the 2019 business combination 
in satisfaction of the variable consideration obligation.

Share options - unissued shares
As at the date of this report there were 15,929,183 share performance rights on issue (2021: 18,528,532). 

23

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other Information 
 
 
 
Investment activity

Overview
Commitments and completions as the key drivers of our 
business continued to grow in FY22. Highlights of investment 
activities included:

 – Record annual commitments up 12% on FY21 to $463.3 
million, representing $11.2 billion of EPV while there has 
been a compound annual growth rate for commitments of 
more than 34% in the last five years. These commitments 
continued to expand the portfolio’s diversification and 
reduce its concentration

 – EPV of $27.2 billion up 35% on 30 June 2021, comprising 
$23.9 billion from unconditional investments and 
$3.3 billion from conditionally-funded and Investment 
Committee-approved investments

 – IEV increased 28% on 30 June 2021 to $3.6 billion for 
unconditional investments reflecting the underlying 
portfolio growth 

 – Investment income of $210.4 million, reflecting Fund 5 
at 100%, was recognised in FY22 across the portfolio 
incorporating completed investments, partially completed 
investments and completions from previous periods. The 
gross proceeds and investment revenue of $197.8 million in 
the Consolidated Financial Statements reflects the Group’s 
consolidated share of Fund 5 at 20%

 – Launch of Fund 8, a new fund with an innovative insured, 
leveraged structure, focused on investing up to €300 
million into global enforcement investment opportunities. 
After full establishment of Fund 8, funds under 
management will increase to approximately $3 billion

Fund diversification and concentration
The Group has a strong platform for continued growth while 
maintaining a balanced portfolio with diversification by 
region, investment type and Fund providing mitigation to the 
risks of competition, regulatory intervention and portfolio 
concentration. Our diversification strategy has also sought 
to achieve a more stable income stream compared to what 
was possible under the direct balance-sheet strategy we 
employed previously.

Consistent with reducing concentration risk, the average 
investment size across the portfolio is $1.8 million inclusive of 
$0.6 million for OBE investments and $3.2 million for all other 
investments. At 30 June 2022 there are 311 active litigation 
investments in the portfolio.

The ten largest investments represent 28% of the total 
portfolio EPV compared to 35% three years ago. These 
are spread across Funds 1 to 5 with no balance sheet 
exposure and no concentration in any single Fund. One of 
the investments is a law firm portfolio comprising multiple 
individual cases. For investments in cost shifting jurisdictions, 
we have after-the-event (ATE) insurance in place for adverse 
costs orders.

24

27%

32%

EPV by  
region 

41%

APAC

Americas

EMEA

4%

23%

EPV by  
investment  
type 

7%

46%

20%

Arbitration

Law firm

Class actions

Single party

Other

2% 7%

16%

13%

EPV by  
funding source 

36%

26%

Balance sheet

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 51

Fund 6

28%

EPV by  
case 
concentration 

72%

10 largest cases

Balance

Fund 5 is presented at 100%

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Investment activity (continued)

Funds breakdown, capital and distribution profiles 
During the year the Group added to its portfolio with the 
launch of Fund 8, focused on investing up to €300 million in 
judgement enforcement opportunities. The investment activity 
of Fund 8 will see the Group’s funds under management 
increase to approximately $3 billion.

Fund 6 is fully committed. Since January 2022, merits-based 
funding opportunities that were identified have been made 
from Fund 5. Similarly enforcement opportunities identified 
after 1 January 2022 were warehoused on our balance sheet 
and will now be moved into Fund 8.

Fund 7 is being restructured with the aim to have it funded 
by and included in Fund 8. For Fund 8, launched in June 2022, 
there are no investments in the portfolio at year end.

We are exploring the creation of new Funds potentially 
dedicated to ESG and low-risk investment strategies which, 
together with the upsizing of Funds 4 and 5, will potentially 
take our funds under management to over $5 billion. 

Less than 3% of the Group’s total number of investments 
remain on balance sheet. These have a minimal carrying 
value of $19.6 million.

Fund breakdown
Fund 1 and Funds 2&3 are fully committed and are in 
harvest mode. Given the respective structures of these 
Funds, the non–controlling interests (NCI) continue to have 
priority entitlement to distribution of capital and preferred 
returns, with recourse only to the investments within the 
respective fund.

Fund 4 is 60% committed and Fund 5 is 57% committed. 
The series one investment periods complete four years from 
commencement which is later in 2022 with a run–off harvest 
period following this. The fund investors have agreed to extend 
the series one investment period by six months. Additionally, 
discussions with existing investors relating to the upsizing of 
both funds are underway.

Fund distribution profiles
Fund 1 has an outstanding priority return of $40.4 million to 
our NCI investor. There is a further $25.5 million of income yet 
to be recognised for Fund 1. Upon receipt and distribution of 
these proceeds the balance of the Fund 1 NCI priority return 
will reduce to approximately $14.9 million. Additionally, there 
remains a cash balance of $8.8 million which could also be 
used to further reduce this amount. Following the completion 
of distributions to our investor, distributions will begin to flow 
to OBL and this is anticipated to occur in FY23.

Similarly, for Funds 2&3 there is $28.5 million comprising 
income yet to be recognised and proceeds from secondary 
market sales that are still to be distributed to the Fund NCI. 
The receipt and distribution will further pay down the Funds 
2&3 NCI.

These first generation fund structures provide OBL 
shareholders with a back-end return of our capital and a 
substantial profit share which we will see attribute in the 
coming periods.

Our second generation funds demonstrate good progress 
however, returns and fees will be generated when the funds 
are more mature, further completions occur and performance 
crystallises the outcome from the waterfall.

Fund

FUM

Phase Committed

Outstanding amounts yet to be attributable to NCI

Outstanding amounts 
yet to be attributable to

Capital 
called

Capital 
deployed

Capital 
committed - 
undeployed

Capital 
uncommitted

Other 
(costs and 
recycled 
profits)

Total 
distributions 
(capital and 
returns)

NCI

OBL

Fund 1

US$172m

Harvest

100%

US$167m

US$154m

US$10m

Funds 2&3

$189m

Harvest

100%

$143m

$115m

$61m

– 

– 

US$8m

US$(150)m

$40m

$69m

$13m

$(42)m

$110m

$33m

Fund 4

US$500m Investing

60%

US$170m

US$150m

US$136m

US$200m

US$14m

US$(47)m

$143m

$36m

Fund 51

US$500m Investing

57%

US$106m

US$87m

US$175m

US$213m

US$25m

US$(12)m

$110m

$28m

Fund 62

€150m

Harvest

100%

€70m

€75m

US$118m

€(5)m

€(1)m

Fund 73

US$100m

n/a

4%

US$4m

US$4m

Fund 84

€300m Launched

–

–

–

– 

–

US$96m

–

–

–

– 

–

–

$101m

$5m

$5m

<$1m

–

–

1. 

Fund 5 is presented at 100%.

2.  Data for Fund 6 is current at 31 March 2022.

3. 

To be restructured into Fund 8. 

4.  After full establishment of Fund 8.

25

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationInvestment activity (continued)

Completions
A summary of the impact of investment completions and impairments on the profit and loss for the year is below:

Investments

EPV

Income/
revenue/
proceeds

Full 
#

Partial 
#

$'000

$'000

Cost/
expense/ 
amortisa-
tion

incl. OH 
$’000

Net gain/(loss) incl. OH

Total

Attributed to

ROIC

IRR

$’000

OBL 
$’000

NCI 
$’000

incl. OH 
(x)

excl. OH 
(x)

incl. OH 
%

excl. OH 
%

 – 

341,648 

15,141 

(38,251)

(23,110)

(23,110)

 – 

3 

5 

1 

2 

9 

225,029 

35,843 

(21,388)

14,455 

7,659 

6,796 

55,627 

40,711 

(21,679)

19,032 

(4,130)

23,162 

623,170 

59,404 

(30,255)

29,149 

5,218 

23,931 

228,239 

3,153 

(3,880)

(727)

(727)

–

64,412 

20,918 

(10,688)

10,230 

856 

9,374 

1.23 

0.49 

0.10 

0.90 

(0.17)

2.11 

1.96

0.64 

0.30 

0.94 

(0.05)

2.27 

20 

1,538,125 

175,170 

(126,141)

49,029 

(14,234)

63,263 

0.89 

1.18 

 18 

 12 

 6 

 72 

 – 

 84 

 21 

28

15

16

75

 – 

89

 29 

–

–

6,427 

(5,637)

790 

66 

724 

6,427 

(5,637)

790 

66 

724 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

 n/a 

 n/a 

 n/a 

 n/a 

24,560 

16,173 

(5,650)

10,523 

881 

9,642 

0.87 

1.11 

6 

5 

3 

5 

4 

39 

62 

–

–

4 

4 

2 

2 

3 

3 

24,560 

16,173 

(5,650)

10,523 

881 

9,642 

66 

25  1,562,685 

197,770 

(137,428)

60,342 

(13,287)

73,629 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

5,762 

5,762 

5,762 

(10,405)

(10,405)

(10,405)

553 

(652)

 – 

(769)

553 

553 

(652)

(522)

(130)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(769)

(64)

(705)

 – 

 – 

 – 

0.87 

0.89 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1.11 

1.18 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

 61 

 61 

 21 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

72

 72 

 29 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

(5,511)

(5,511)

(4,676)

(835)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Completions 

Direct balance 
sheet

Fund 1

Fund 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 5

Fund 6

TOTAL 
INTANGIBLES

Fund 6

TOTAL PURCHASED 
CLAIMS

Fund 6

TOTAL CLAIMS 
PORTFOLIO

Direct balance 
sheet

Fund 1

Fund 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 5

Fund 6

TOTAL 
IMPAIRMENT 
EXPENSE

NET TOTAL 

66 

25  1,562,685 

197,770 

(142,939)

54,831 

(17,963)

72,794 

0.89 

1.18 

21 

29 

26

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Investment activity (continued)

Fund performance
The following table demonstrates ROIC and IRR for completed investments.

Completed Investment performance1

1 Year

3 Year

5 Year

10 Year

ROIC (x)

IRR (%)

ROIC (x)

IRR (%)

ROIC (x)

IRR (%)

ROIC (x)

IRR (%)

Balance Sheet

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 5

Fund 6

Total

1.96

0.64

0.30

0.94

(0.05)

1.90

1.18

28

15

16

75

–

85

29

1.66

0.83

0.80

0.62

0.24

2.25

1.07

36

28

72

96

15

420

39

1.38

0.56

0.85

0.62

n/a

n/a

0.93

36

22

95

96

n/a

n/a

36

1.52

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1.15

80

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

 55 

1 

Fund 1 to Fund 5 since their respective dates of inception and for Fund 6 since 2019 merger.

Non-controlling interest (NCI)
Throughout the year we have continued to utilise fund capital 
to meet our investment commitments drawing down over $150 
million (2021: $100 million), the largest in our history. Whilst the 
amount drawn is predominantly external capital, the NCI in the 
group’s net assets has declined by 5% to $410.6 million. This 
reduction reflects the substantial amount distributed in the 
first generation funds to NCI, combined with the fact that 80% 
of Fund 5 calls is external capital but does not show as NCI 
in the consolidated Group accounts.

During the year the funds distributed over $100 million 
reflecting the maturity of the first-generation funds and the 
average age of the underlying litigation investments. We expect 
the proportion of the NCI attribution to reduce as Fund 1 and 
Funds 2&3 mature and more investment completions occur, 
so that 100% of returns belong to OBL before NCI attribution 
has a final step-up to 20/25% in the last state of those funds’ 
waterfalls.

Specific investments
Secondary market sales of a partial interest in two investments 
from Funds 2&3 occurred during FY22. This generated $24.8 
million ($27 million of gross proceeds less costs to complete 
the investment) resulting in an interim ROIC of 4.62x and an 
IRR of 104%. Secondary sales enable the Group to improve 
liquidity, mitigate completion risk and duration uncertainty for 
these investments and accelerate realisations whilst retaining 
most of the upside potential. Going forward we expect the 
Group to be an active participant in the evolution of secondary 
market transactions.

The Group’s balance sheet, remaining 50%, investment in 
the Brisbane Floods class action (Wivenhoe Dam) completed 
during the year when the High Court of Australia rejected the 
application for leave to appeal the decision of the Supreme 
Court of New South Wales Court of Appeal. The Wivenhoe 
investment was fully impaired by $20.8 million to a zero 
carrying value at that time and subsequently derecognised 
when the High Court decision was received with no further 
financial impact to OBL in FY22, with the adverse costs, 
payable on the appeal to be met from the prior settlement 
proceeds. From an overall investment perspective the 
settlement of $440 million in FY21 to the class action 
members generated a ROIC to OBL of 3.3x and an IRR of 29%.

Westgem investment remains fully impaired as the litigation 
continues through the Supreme Court of Western Australia’s 
appeal process. The appeal in respect of Westgem was held 
in April 2022 and there is no further update at this time. The 
EPV of $250 million is included in the portfolio assumptions 
at 30 June 2022 with possible completion in FY23.

The decision in the appeal of the previously impaired Fund 
4 matter has recently been handed down against our client. 
Our client is considering a further appeal. Whilst there is no 
impact on the financial results for FY22, as the investment was 
impaired in prior years, the EPV associated with the investment 
continues to be retained in our portfolio, until such time as 
any subsequent appeal is determined. The IEV attributable to 
OBL associated with this investment is less than 4% of the total 
attributable IEV to OBL.

27

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationRisk management

Risk management framework
Omni Bridgeway’s risk management framework is overseen by the Board and includes our Risk Policy, Risk Strategy and Risk 
Appetite Statement setting out the arrangements for identification, assessment, monitoring, management and reporting of risks. 
Our Risk Policy describes our approach to risk management and as a key corporate governance policy is available on the OBL 
website. The Policy is supported by our Risk Appetite Statement which is set by the Board to be aligned with our business strategy.

Our Audit and Risk Committee receives at least quarterly reporting on risks measured against our risk appetite and ensures 
that we maintain our robust processes and systems for management of our identified current and anticipated risks. The Board 
requests and receives additional reporting on risk culture across the Group and in FY22 this included the results of a Risk Culture 
Survey.

In FY22, we have continued to evolve our risk management focus to respond to new and emerging risks whilst remaining focused 
on the quality of our investment management processes. The below ‘Key risks and responses’ table sets out some of our material 
risks and risk treatment responses.

Key risks and responses

Risk 

Description

Risk Response

Investment 
governance 
and sourcing

Our biggest risk is our ability to maintain a high 
standard of investment decision making which has 
underpinned our historical success. 

Risk management policies and procedures are 
designed to ensure the continued high quality 
of investment decisions as well as diversity and 
reduced concentration risk. The role of the 
investment committees is a key pillar of our 
investment risk management process. 

Investment duration

The timing of the completion of our investments is 
uncertain and generally outside of our control. If a 
material number of investments are delayed this 
can produce a high level of earnings volatility.

Pricing structure which increases with duration, 
portfolio diversification and active use of the 
secondary market are the primary ways in which 
we have sought to navigate duration risk.

Competition 

Increased competition results in a potential 
reduction in market share and an on-going 
challenge to convert a larger portion of the 
addressable market in order to maintain growth. 

Cyber security

A major systems and/or data breach may have 
material adverse consequences for the business 
and its reputation. The business holds a high 
level of sensitive case material surrounding its 
investments, a data breach could result in the 
loss of privilege in such material and a breach of 
confidentiality obligations.

We manage competition through diversity of 
products, operating markets and the ownership 
of investments while relying on our sourcing and 
underwriting expertise. As an established market 
leader we will continue to maintain pricing integrity 
and a floor in our pricing. 

The Board has oversight of our Cyber Security 
Risk Management Framework and receives regular 
reporting on cyber security matters. Our cyber 
security risk management framework is supported 
by our cyber security, electronic communications, 
privacy, data breach management and other 
cyber related policies that set out requirements 
for ensuring the security of the confidential 
and personal information maintained in our 
systems and mechanisms for escalating and 
resolving breaches. Our employees are a critical 
line of defense in cyber security risk detection 
and we employ regular cyber security training, 
friendly phishing exercises as well as simulated 
cyber threat scenario workshops to reinforce 
cyber awareness.

28

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Risk management (continued)

Risk 

Description

Risk Response

Regulatory, compliance 
and conduct

We are subject to global regulatory requirements. 
A material failure in compliance may result in 
a liability for damages, regulatory fines and 
reputational damage.

We invest in security hardware, software and 
systems and regularly submit to external IT audits 
to prevent attacks and detect (and learn from) new 
attack tools, methodologies and targets. 

As part of our continuous focus on cyber security 
and in response to an increased focus globally 
on cyber security risks, we have undertaken an 
assessment and review of our cyber security risk 
management practices in 2022 to benchmark 
against the NIST framework and ensure that we 
are meeting global best practices and standards 
in cyber security.

The group has developed an effective compliance 
risk management framework to ensure that we 
meet our global regulatory requirements. 

The Global Head of Risk and Compliance leads the 
risk and compliance function and ensures that 
the compliance framework is supported by global 
policies as well as a robust compliance monitoring, 
debt reporting and training programs to instil best 
practice across our international network. Our 
global policies include internal breach reporting 
procedures as well as a Whistleblower Policy 
to enable policy violations and misconduct to 
be reported, escalated and managed using a 
transparent process.

COVID
An extraneous factor impacting our investments has been the COVID global pandemic. Whilst we closely monitored our operations 
and our teams, some completions were extended due to court closures, delays and associated pandemic disruptions. Whilst these 
factors cause a delay rather than a loss of income, it has a potentially dilutive impact on fund performance returns, particularly in 
Omni Bridgeway’s first-generation funds due to the subordinated nature of all of the manager’s returns. As Courts have reopened, 
we see encouraging signs for the resolution and completion of our investments, either by Court determination or settlement.

The global pandemic has led to a significant volume of commercial disputes, not least in the business interruption insurance 
market.

Our primary assets are our people and the restricted and remote working practices have placed a strain on our people and 
curtailed a number of business development opportunities. We are not alone in that regard and we have placed an emphasis in all 
our operating markets on maintaining the health and wellbeing of our people throughout the pandemic period. Notwithstanding 
the continuing pressures of COVID, we achieved strong year on year growth for commitments, EPV and funds under management. 

These outcomes have been achieved in the context of a continuing uncertain environment driven by the pandemic, and reflects the 
robustness of our uncorrelated financial model, underpinned by the efforts of our global team to deliver diversified investments in 
legal risk finance and management. In assessing the carrying value and associated impairment of investments, the most up to date 
estimates of success and timing have been used. The Group specifically considered the impact of COVID in assessing the values of 
its assets (including intangibles, receivables/loans, investments, other financial assets, contract assets and deferred tax assets) and 
liabilities. No significant adjustments have been required and the Group does not believe that the pandemic has had a negative 
impact on its solvency or continuation as a going concern.

Global sanctions
The Russian Federation’s invasion of Ukraine and subsequent global sanctions have resulted in an increased level of economic 
and political uncertainty across the world. Our business strategy does not rely upon operating in Russia or utilising Russian 
court proceedings. The Group has a very diverse investment portfolio with minimal exposure to Russia and the Ukraine and in 
addition our existing investments and pipeline of opportunities are not reliant on global supply chains that could be impacted. 
Consequently, the Ukraine War and related sanctions have not had, nor are they expected to have, a material impact on our 
business, or Funds and investments. We will continue to conduct our business in compliance with global sanctions requirements 
and do not foresee any negative impact on our business arising from the Russian sanctions regime.

29

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationSignificant events after reporting date
The Bonds and Notes were fully repaid and redeemed on 8 July 2022 from a draw down of $150.0 million from the new debt facility.

On 6 July 2022, the underlying litigation of an investment within Fund 1, received a positive result from the appeal against the 
initial judgment. This investment had previously received an adverse judgment, resulting in an impairment of $4.78m. The appeal 
decision is an indicator to reconsider the level of impairment and may lead to an impairment reversal adjustment in FY23.

As announced to the ASX on 19 July 2022, Stuart Mitchell will be replaced by Guillaume Leger as Global Chief Financial Officer, 
effective 1 September 2022. Refer to Remuneration Report for further details.

Except as disclosed in this report there have been no other significant events after the reporting date.

Likely developments and expected results 
The Group does not provide forecasts considering the difficulty in estimating the timing of the finalisation of its investments but 
provides an indication of its view of the possible completion dates and EPV in the quarterly portfolio reports.

The Group expects demand for its funding to continue in each of its markets. Competition is expected to increase in coming years 
with new entrants in each market. Litigation funding is considered non-cyclical or uncorrelated to underlying economic conditions.

Environmental regulation and performance
The consolidated entity’s operations are not presently subject to significant environmental regulation under the laws of the 
Commonwealth and the States of Australia.

Indemnification and insurance of directors and officers
During the financial year the Company has paid premiums in respect of an insurance contract insuring all the directors and officers 
of the Group against any legal costs incurred in defending proceedings for conduct other than, amongst others:

(a)  wilful breach of duty; or

(b)   contravention of sections 182 or 183 of the Corporations Act 2001, as may be permitted by section 199B of the Corporations 

Act 2001.

The total amount of premiums paid under the insurance contract referred to above was $2.2 million during the current financial 
year (2021: $2.4 million).

Indemnification of auditors
To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to indemnify its auditors, as part of the terms of its audit engagement 
against claims by third parties arising from the audit (for an unspecified amount). No payment has been made to indemnify BDO 
during or since the financial year. 

Directors’ meetings
The number of meetings of directors held during the period under review, and the number of meetings attended by each director, 
were as follows:

Board 
Meetings

Project Sub-
Committee 
Meetings

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Corporate 
Governance 
Committee

16 

16 

16 

9 

13 

16 

16 

16 

2 

2 

2*

 – 

–

2 

–

–

6 

6 

6*

–

–

6 

6 

6 

4 

4 

4*

–

–

4 

4 

4 

1 

1 

1 

–

–

1 

1 

1 

3 

3 

2*

–

–

3 

3 

3 

Total number of meetings held: 
Meetings Attended:

M Kay

A Saker

H McLernon

R van Hulst

M Bowen

K Phin

C Feldmanis

* 

Attended by invitation

30

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Letter from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder

I present the FY22 Remuneration Report on behalf of the Board of Directors (“Board”). The report reflects the 
Board’s remuneration framework review foreshadowed in last year’s report. As a qualitative investment business 
with an average three year investment cycle, it is of paramount importance that we incentivise and retain our 
investment and management talent via a remuneration framework which operates in lockstep with the goals of 
our long term business plan.

In FY21 we presented our vision for the business over the coming five years and outlined our goals encapsulated 
with the target of gaining recognition as the global leader in financing and managing legal risk. Over the first part 
of the year the Board completed its review of the group’s remuneration framework in conjunction with Mercer, 
who provided valuable market insights and analysis. This produced a number of enhancements to the “at risk” 
remuneration plans without fundamental changes. The result is a remuneration framework which the Board is 
confident is aligned to the interests of all stakeholders in the company and provides sufficient flexibility to keep 
pace with, and respond to, the growth and evolution of the business and the broader industry.

Omni Bridgeway’s remuneration structure for KMP, senior executives and investment managers comprises a 
fixed and an “at risk” component. The fixed remuneration component is market based in each of our various 
operating regions. The “at risk” element takes the form of:

 – a Short-Term incentive plan (“STIP”) which provides for an annual cash payment, subject to the achievement 

of key financial and non-financial performance objectives; and

 – an equity based Long-Term incentive plan (“LTIP”) that provides for an annual grant of performance rights 
with a three-year vesting cycle against a positive relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) and Compound 
Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) of the investment asset balance

Mercer’s conclusions were that the STIP and LTIP “principles and purpose is well-aligned to the peer group and 
the external market”. The enhancements made to the LTIP, which were adopted at the annual general meeting 
in November 2021, included the following:

 – ability for the Board to increase the TSR weighting in the performance conditions with the FY22 Performance 

Rights subsequently issued with an 80% weighting to TSR;

 – inclusion of forfeiture and clawback provisions which maintain alignment of interests beyond vesting; and
 – providing for tiered entitlements based upon role which differentiates amongst LTIP participants 

This year, reflecting the alignment of all stakeholders, in accord with the remuneration structure:

 – 86.04% of LTIP performance rights due for vesting assessment at the end of FY22 have based upon the 
relevant metrics for their three-year performance. This is only the second year that has seen less than a 
100% vesting and is primarily due to our TSR performance between 1 July 2020 and 30 June 2022. In the last 
three financial years, the aggregate number of LTIP performance rights that have vested is 10,789,718; the 
aggregate issued was 15,014,292.

The Board values the feedback of shareholders and will continue to monitor and review the remuneration 
framework to ensure it is optimised to support the long-term business plan and strategic infinitives, whilst 
rewarding, motivating and retaining our great team.

Yours faithfully

Michael Bowen 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

31

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other Information 
Remuneration Report (Audited)
This Remuneration Report outlines the director and Key 
Management Personnel (KMP) remuneration arrangements 
of the Group in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and its Regulations. For the 
purposes of this report, KMP of the Group are defined as 
those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, 
directing and controlling the major activities of the Group, 
directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive 
or otherwise) of Omni Bridgeway Limited (OBL).

Key management personnel
Details of OBL’s KMP for the 2022 financial year are: 

(i) Directors

Michael Kay

Andrew Saker

Raymond van Hulst

Hugh McLernon

Non-Executive Chairman

Managing Director & CEO and 
Chief Strategy Officer - US

Executive Director, Managing 
Director and Chief Investment 
Officer - EMEA

Executive Director 
(retired 30 November 2021)

Michael Bowen

Non-Executive Director 

Christine Feldmanis

Non-Executive Director 

Karen Phin 

Non-Executive Director 

(ii) Executives

Stuart Mitchell

Jeremy Sambrook

Group Chief Financial Officer 
(resigned effective 
30 September 2022)

Global General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

As announced to the ASX on 19 July 2022, Stuart Mitchell 
will be replaced by Guillaume Leger as Global Chief Financial 
Officer, effective 1 September 2022. 

There were no other changes to OBL’s KMP after the reporting 
date and before the financial report was authorised for issue. 

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee determines and reviews 
the remuneration arrangements for the Board and KMP. 
This involves an assessment of the appropriateness of the 
nature and amount of the emoluments on a periodic basis by 
reference to relevant employment market conditions.

Mercer Consulting (Australia) Pty Ltd was engaged in 2021 to 
review our remuneration structure. The review led to some 
adjustment in the STIP and LTIP. The Board is satisfied that the 
review was free from undue influence by eligible participants, 
KMP or other LTIP participants.

Remuneration philosophy
The performance of the Group is heavily dependent upon the 
quality of its directors, KMP and staff generally. Accordingly, 
the Company must attract, motivate, and retain high calibre 
directors and personnel.

The Group embodies the following principles in its 
remuneration framework: 

 – determination of appropriate market rates for the fixed 

remuneration component recognising that the majority of 
investment professionals are most comparable to partners 
in private practice professional services businesses; and
 – establishment of appropriate performance hurdles for the 

variable at-risk remuneration component.

Remuneration structure
The structure of non-executive director and executive or KMP 
remuneration structures are separate and distinct. 

Non-executive director remuneration structure
All non-executive directors enter into service agreements 
with the Company in the form of a letter of appointment. The 
letter summarises the Board policies and terms, including 
remuneration, relevant to the office of Director. 

Fees and payments to non-executive directors reflect the 
demands which are made on, and the responsibilities of, the 
non-executive directors. 

Non-executive directors’ fees and payments totalled $624,896 
(including superannuation), as disclosed in the following tables 
in this report. 

At the 2015 Annual General Meeting, shareholders approved 
payments up to $700,000 to non-executive directors. 

There are no retirement allowances for non-executive 
directors, nor do they have a variable at-risk remuneration 
component. Non-executive directors may elect to have 
a portion of their remuneration paid into their personal 
superannuation plans.

Executive and KMP remuneration structures

Objective
The Group aims to reward executives, KMP and other staff 
with a level and mix of compensation elements commensurate 
with their position and responsibilities, within the following 
framework:

 – reward for Group and individual performance against 

targets set to appropriate benchmarks;

 – align the interests with shareholders;
 – link rewards with the internal strategic goals of the Group; 

and

 – ensure total compensation is competitive by market 

standards.

Structure
All executives and KMP have employment contracts. Details of 
these contracts are provided below in the following Executive 
& KMP Employment Contracts table.

Remuneration consists of two key elements: (i) fixed 
component, consisting of base salary, retirement contributions, 
and benefits; and (ii) variable at-risk component, consisting of 
(i) short-term incentive plan (STIP) and (ii) long-term incentive 
plan (LTIP).

32

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Fixed remuneration component
The levels of fixed remuneration are reflective of employment 
conditions in respective locations and consider, skills, 
experience, and responsibility. Reference is generally to the 
private practice professional services market within which 
the Company competes for talent. Investment managers are 
invariably at or around the partner level of legal practices prior 
to joining the Group.

Fixed compensation is reviewed annually by the Remuneration 
Committee. The process consists of a review of Group and 
individual performance, relevant comparative compensation 
in the market and internally and, where appropriate, external 
advice on policies and practices. 

Variable at-risk remuneration component 
(short and long term)

Objective
The objective of the variable compensation component is to 
reward executives in a manner aligned with the objectives and 
internal key performance indicators of the Group. The total 
potential incentive available is set at a level to provide sufficient 
incentivization to achieve the operational and strategic targets 
at a reasonable cost.

Structure
There is a Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP) based on one-year 
performance and a Long-term incentive Plan (LTIP) tied to 
three-year performance. The STIP & LTIP are products of and 
subject to external remuneration review and are reflective of 
industry standards.

Short Term Incentive Plan
The purpose of STIP is to provide an annual ‘at-risk’ incentive 
to participants linked to the achievement of specific financial 
and non-financial performance goals. The STIP performance 
measures reflect the core drivers of short-term performance 
and also provide a framework for delivering sustainable value 
to the Group, its shareholders and other stakeholders.

Long Term Incentive Plan
The LTIP is tied to the Group’s long-term performance. It 
encourages equity ownership and directly aligns shareholders’ 
and participants’ interests, whilst also not being a cash drain.

There are 2 tranches of LTIP. The relative proportion between 
each can be changed by the Remuneration Committee each 
year.

The LTIP hurdles and metrics were changed from previous 
periods with shareholder approval at the annual general 
meeting on 30 November 2021.

Key Features of Variable Remuneration Component

 STIP 

LTIP

Participants

Executive directors & KMP

Executive directors & KMP

(participant may substitute their allocation 
with rights equivalent to LTIP rights)

Participation % of TFR

Pre-1 July 2021 employees:

 – LTIP Executive  
 – Other  

Nil %
max 40% 

Pre-1 July 2021 employees:

 – Executive  
 – Other  

max 100% 
max 60%

Post-1 July 2021 employees:

Post-1 July 2021 employees:

 – Level 1 participant  max 40% 
 – Level 2 participant  max 35% 
 – Level 3 participant  max 30%
 – Level 4 participant  max 20%

 – Executive participant  max 100% 
 – Senior participant  max 60% 
 – Junior participant 
max 30% 

33

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationRemuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Key Features of Variable Remuneration Component

Payment frequency  
and type

 STIP 

Annual in cash

LTIP

Annual grant of performance rights with 3-year 
vesting

Each right over OBL ordinary shares is issued for 
no consideration or exercise price

The number of rights issued at the beginning of 
each service period is determined by reference 
to individual’s TFR and the Company’s VWAP at 
either (i) 30 June of the preceding Financial Year; 
or 31 December of the preceding Half Financial Year, 
depending on when a participant became eligible 
to participate in the LTIP 

Tranche 1 – Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR) = 80%

Tranche 2 – Capital 
deployed = 20%

OBL’s TSR compared to a peer 
group comprising entities from 
the ASX diversified financials 
industry group with a market 
capitalisation of < $1bn

The amount of capital 
deployed to litigation 
investments

Performance criteria

(i) 

 Group’s financial

Tranche 1 – (TSR) = 80%

Vesting depends on 
Company’s Percentile 
ranking over the vesting 
period compared to the 
peer group: 

Tranche 2 - Capital 
deployed = 20%

Vesting depends on 
the CAGR of Capital 
deployed over the 
vesting period

Percentile rank

vesting

CAGR 

vesting

less than 50th

equal to 50th

between 50-75%

nil

50%

50-100% 
determined on 
a straight line 
basis

less than 5% 

equal to 5% 

between 5 -7%

nil

50%

50-100% 
determined on 
a straight line 
basis

75th or above

100%

7% or above

100%

Positive consolidated net profit before tax 
for the year, as a gating requirement.

(ii)  Individual

Key performance indicators (KPIs) are 
targeted to the individual’s role and 
their ability to influence the strategic 
and commercial objectives of the Group 
incorporated in the approved business 
plan and budget, risk and compliance 
policies and procedures, and cultural, 
leadership and behavioural expectations. 

34

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Key Features of Variable Remuneration Component

 STIP 

LTIP

Other

 – Good/bad leaver provisions in respect 

to unvested rights

 – Malus event provisions in respect to fraud, 
dishonest behaviour, or gross misconduct

 – 12-month clawback provisions.

Executive & KMP Employment Contracts

Andrew Saker Managing Director & CEO and Chief Strategy Officer - US

Contract commenced

Gross annual salary package 

Salary review

Notice period

Termination payment arrangements

5 January 2015

$1,250,000 (excluding super) + a USA cost-of-living allowance 

By the Board from time to time

6 months by the Group or 12 months by the employee

As approved at the 21 November 2018 AGM (i) notice period (ii) 12 months’ 
salary, (iii) statutory entitlements, and (iv) If termination occurs due to the 
provision of notice by OBL, or due to the provision of notice by Mr Saker 
following a material breach by the Company of the executive services agreement 
or a material diminution of Mr Saker’s role or due to redundancy or Mr Saker’s 
ill health, then, in addition to the above, Mr Saker shall be entitled to receive 
a potential further amount calculated by reference to the number of shares 
Mr Saker would have received had he retained the good leaver proportion of 
his unvested performance rights. Any such payment is contingent on the level 
of satisfaction of the performance conditions associated with the referenced 
performance rights and shall be calculated by reference to the 5-day-VWAP 
calculated at the time such performance rights would have vested if they had 
been held for the full performance period.

STIP/LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee – “Executive”

Hugh McLernon Executive Director

Contract commenced/concluded

Gross annual salary package 

Salary review

Notice period

1 July 2007 / 30 November 2021

$1,200,000 (including super)

Annually

12 months by either the Group or employee

Termination payment arrangements

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad leaver status 
unvested LTIP

STIP/LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee - “Executive”

Was deemed a good leaver upon retirement.

35

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationRemuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Executive & KMP Employment Contracts

Raymond van Hulst Executive Director, Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer – EMEA 

Contract commenced

Gross annual salary package 

Salary review

Notice period

Termination payment arrangements

21 April 2020

CHF518,376

Annually

3 months by either the Group or employee 

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad leaver status 
unvested LTIP

STIP/LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee - “Other”

Jeremy Sambrook Global General Counsel and Company Secretary

Contract commenced

Gross annual salary package 

Salary review

Notice period

Termination payment arrangements

18 January 2016

$435,000 (including super)

Annually

6 months by either the Group or employee

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad leaver status 
unvested LTIP

STIP/LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee – “Executive”

Stuart Mitchell Group Chief Financial Officer

 (handover to G. Leger effective 1 September 2022)

Contract commenced/concluded

Gross annual salary package 

Salary review

Notice period

Termination payment arrangements

12 November 2018 /30 September 2022 

$450,000 (including super)

Annually

6 months by either the Group or employee

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad leaver status 
unvested LTIP

STIP/LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee – “Other”

Guillaume Leger Global Chief Financial Officer

(handover from S. Mitchell effective 1 September 2022)

Contract commencement

Gross annual salary package 

Salary review

Notice period

Termination payment arrangements

12 August 2022 

USD500,000 plus safe harbour

Annually

3 months by either the Group or employee

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad leaver status 
unvested LTIP

STIP/LTIP Participation level

Post -1 July 2021 employee - Level 1 participant/Senior Participant 

Appointment related performance rights

Rights with personal KPI & continuity of service hurdles:
 – 140,752 rights; for period 1 September 2022 – 30 June 2023
 – 60,307 rights; for period 1 September 2022 – 30 June 2024

36

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Remuneration of Key Management Personnel

Fixed Remuneration

Variable 
Remuneration

Short-term benefits

Post- 
employment

Long term 
benefits

Share based 
payments

2022

Directors

M. Kay

A. Saker

H. McLernon1

R. van Hulst 

M. Bowen

K. Phin

C. Feldmanis

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

 Salary & 
 fees
 $ 

Cash
 bonus 
accrued
 $ 

Super-
annuation/
pension 
 $ 

Employee 
entitlements
 $ 

Share
performance
rights 
 $ 

Termination
payments
 $ 

Total 
Remuneration
 $ 

Performance
related
 % 

204,451 

1,951,827

488,216 

792,252

90,909 

135,273 

150,000 

430,707

446,377

4,690,012

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

20,445 

– 

– 

23,568 

134,937 

1,105,319

11,784 

(873,526)

36,429 

9,091 

14,727 

– 

18,275 

– 

– 

– 

600,816

141,033

– 

– 

– 

23,568 

23,568 

33,712 

27,531 

245,762

264,042

– 

– 

224,896

3,215,651

882,489 

1,109,779

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

987,989

100,000

150,000

150,000

733,749

761,518

163,180 

(659,071)

2,356,972

882,489 

7,433,582

–

34%

54%

14%

–

–

–

33%

35%

1 

 Hugh McLernon retired on 30 November 2021. The negative employee entitlements reflects the payment of his accrued entitlements and contributes to 
the Termination payments.

Fixed Remuneration

Variable 
Remuneration

Short-term benefits

Post- 
employment

Long term 
benefits

Share based 
payments

 Salary & 
 fees
 $ 

Cash
 bonus 
accrued
 $ 

Super-
annuation/
pension 
 $ 

Employee 
entitlements
 $ 

Share
performance
rights 
 $ 

Termination
payments
 $ 

Total 
Remuneration
 $ 

Performance
related
 % 

2021

Directors

M. Kay

A. Saker

213,943 

1,433,354 

H. McLernon

1,228,309 

R. van Hulst 

M. Bowen

K. Phin

C. Feldmanis

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

761,974 

95,130 

106,796 

115,834 

447,057 

415,807 

4,818,204 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

20,325 

– 

– 

21,694 

(14,182)

1,294,755 

21,694 

97,720 

1,233,321 

33,027 

17,639 

106,235 

9,037 

9,037 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

21,694 

23,569 

262,141 

21,694 

32,120 

258,019 

158,202 

156,866 

3,154,471 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

234,268 

2,735,621 

2,581,044 

918,875 

104,167 

115,833 

115,833 

754,461 

727,640 

8,287,743 

–

47%

48%

12%

–

–

–

35%

35%

37

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other Information 
Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)
The following table outlines the proportion of maximum STIP earned by KMP in the 2022 financial year.

A. Saker1

R. van Hulst

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook1

Maximum STIP 
opportunity 
(% of TFR)

Maximum STIP 
opportunity  
($)

% of  
maximum 
earned

% of STIP 
forfeited

–

25%

40%

–

– 

193,945 

180,000 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

100%

100%

–

Non-executives (M. Kay, M. Bowen, K. Phin, C. Feldmanis) do not participate in STIP. They have not been included in the table.

Any awards of STIP for FY22 will, in accordance with the Company’s remuneration cycle, be determined in the coming months. 

Share performance rights - Granted and vested during the year – Key Management Personnel 

 Granted during the year

 Tranche 1 

 Tranche 2 

 Total 

 awarded 
during the 
year 

fair value per 
rights at grant 
date 1

 awarded 
during the 
year 

fair value per 
rights at grant 
date 1

 awarded 
during the 
year 

 value granted 
during the 
year 

 Vested during 
the year 

 Value 
remaining to 
be expensed 
to profit & 
loss 

 Grant date 

 Vesting date 

Expiry date

 Number 

 $ 

 Number 

 $ 

 Number 

 $ 

 Number 

 $ 

2022

Executive 
Directors

A. Saker

30-Nov-2021 30-Jun-2024

1-Jul-2036

273,622 

1.41 

68,406 

3.09 

342,028 

597,181 

374,057 

705,826

H. McLernon 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

289,634

137,355 

R. van Hulst

30-Nov-2021 30-Jun-2024

1-Jul-2036

59,222 

1.41 

14,806 

3.09 

74,028 

129,253 

27,880

145,873

Executives

S. Mitchell

1-Jul-2021 30-Jun-2024

1-Jul-2036

58,008 

J. Sambrook

1-Jul-2021 30-Jun-2024

1-Jul-2036

93,458 

1.79 

1.79 

14,502 

3.42 

72,510 

153,431 

80,796

167,618 

23,364 

3.42 

116,822 

247,195 

75,410

225,772 

Total

484,310 

121,078 

605,388 

1,127,060 

847,777

1,382,444

Note 1: The performance rights vested in current year is subject to fx adjustment, which has been estimated for the year end reporting purpose. 

 Granted during the year

 Tranche 1 

 Tranche 2 

 Total 

 awarded 
during the 
year 

fair value per 
rights at grant 
date 1

 awarded 
during the 
year 

fair value per 
rights at grant 
date 1

 awarded 
during the 
year 

 value granted 
during the 
year 

 Vested during 
the year 

 Value 
remaining to 
be expensed 
to profit & 
loss 

 Grant date 

 Vesting date 

Expiry date

 Number 

 $ 

 Number 

 $ 

 Number 

 $ 

 Number 

 $ 

2021

Executive 
Directors

A. Saker

1-Jul-2020 30-Jun-2023

1-Jul-2035

131,949 

2.53 

131,949 

4.47 

263,898 

923,115 

390,270 

1,343,650 

H. McLernon 

1-Jul-2020 30-Jun-2023

1-Jul-2035

124,510 

2.53 

124,510 

4.47 

249,020 

871,072 

367,717 

1,279,824 

R. van Hulst

27-Nov-2020 30-Jun-2023

1-Jul-2035

46,326 

2.23 

46,326 

4.11 

92,652 

293,847 

–

165,940 

Executives

S. Mitchell

1-Jul-2020 30-Jun-2023

1-Jul-2035

28,015 

J. Sambrook

1-Jul-2020 30-Jun-2023

1-Jul-2035

26,147 

Total

356,947 

2.53 

2.53 

28,015 

26,147 

356,947 

4.47 

4.47 

56,030 

195,993 

52,816 

287,962 

52,294 

182,924 

67,148 

268,763 

713,894 

2,466,951 

877,951 

3,346,139 

Non-executives (M. Kay, M. Bowen, K. Phin, C. Feldmanis) do not participate in LTIP. They have not been included in the table.

The fair value of performance rights is determined at the time of grant as prescribed in AASB 2. For details on the valuation 
of performance rights, including models and assumptions used, refer to Note 32.

38

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Share performance right holdings of Key Management Personnel

Balance 1 July 
2021

Movement for the year

Balance 30 June 2022

 Total  
Number 

 Granted as 
remuneration 
 Number 

 Exercised 
 Number 

Lapsed
Number

Total 
 Number 

 Vested
 Number 

 Unvested
 Number 

2,527,171 

342,028 

 – 

(60,675)

2,808,524 

2,202,598 

605,926 

2,390,355 

– 

(1,723,993)

(258,927)

(4,612)

407,435

162,068

289,634

27,880

117,801

134,188

92,652 

74,028 

202,748 

207,084 

72,510 

116,822 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(13,106)

(12,232)

262,152 

311,674 

133,612 

128,540 

142,558 

169,116 

5,420,010 

605,388 

(1,723,993)

(349,552)

3,951,853

2,796,282

1,155,571

Balance 1 July 
2020

Movement for the year

Balance 30 June 2021

 Total  
Number 

 Granted as 
remuneration 
 Number 

 Exercised 
 Number 

Lapsed
Number

Total 
 Number 

 Vested
 Number 

 Unvested
 Number 

2,283,813 

263,898 

2,160,688 

249,020 

– 

92,652 

149,498 

423,732 

56,030 

52,294 

(265,408)

– 

– 

– 

– 

(20,540)

2,527,171 

1,828,542 

698,629 

(19,353)

2,390,355 

1,723,993 

666,362 

– 

92,652 

– 

92,652 

(2,780)

(3,534)

202,748 

207,084 

52,816 

67,148 

149,932 

139,936 

5,017,731 

713,894 

(265,408)

(46,207)

5,420,010 

3,672,499 

1,747,511 

2022

Executive Directors

A. Saker

H. McLernon 

R. van Hulst

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

2021

Executive Directors

A. Saker

H. McLernon 

R. van Hulst

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

Non-executives (M. Kay, M. Bowen, K. Phin, C. Feldmanis) do not participate in LTIP. They have not been included in the table.

39

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Interests of Key Management Personnel

Balance
1 July 2021
Number

Received as 
remuneration
Number

Shares

Performance 
rights
exercised
Number

Bonds

Notes

Net change 
other1 
Number

Balance
30 June 2022
Number

Number

Number

470,000 

182,068 

4,185,982 

2,153,551 

1,114,620 

27,266 

45,656 

134,941 

8,446 

8,322,530 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

100,000 

– 

570,000 

182,068 

1,723,993 

(5,909,975)

– 

891,828 

3,045,379 

1,114,620 

1,500 

– 

– 

15,000 

27,266 

60,656 

– 

– 

134,941 

8,446 

1,723,993 

(4,903,147)

5,143,376 

1,500

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Balance
1 July 2021
Number

Received as 
remuneration
Number

Shares

Performance 
rights
exercised
Number

Bonds

Notes

Net change 
other 1 
Number

Balance
30 June 2021 
Number

Number

Number

417,023 

180,190 

5,394,990 

50,000 

1,103,124 

27,266 

45,185 

3,941 

8,359 

7,230,078

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

52,977

1,878

470,000

182,068

(1,209,008)

4,185,982

2,103,551

2,153,551

11,496

1,114,620

 – 

471

27,266

45,656

 – 

131,000 

134,941

(265,321)

8,446

265,408

265,408

827,044

8,322,530

9,000 

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7,500 

– 

1,500 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

80 

– 

– 

80 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

80 

– 

– 

80 

2022

Directors

M. Kay

A. Saker

H. McLernon

R. van Hulst

M. Bowen

K. Phin

C. Feldmanis

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

2021

Directors

M. Kay

A. Saker

H. McLernon

R. van Hulst

M. Bowen

K. Phin

C. Feldmanis

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

1  Net change other relates to shares bought or sold on market. 

Shares above are held nominally by the Directors or the other key management personnel.

Loans to Key Management Personnel
There have been no loans provided to KMP in 2022 (2021: nil).

Transactions with Key Management Personnel
During the period, the Group obtained legal advice from a legal firm associated with Michael Bowen, Thomson Geer Lawyers of 
$37,886 (2021: $151,604). Mr Bowen ceased to be an associate of DLA Piper during the year ended 30 June 2021, during which the 
Group obtained legal advice from DLA Piper totalling $708,710. The legal advice was obtained at arm’s length. The Group engages 
a number of different law firms for its external legal advice and neither the relationship with Thomson Geer nor DLA Piper is 
exclusive. Michael Bowen does not participate in any board decisions to appoint external counsel when Thomson Geer or DLA 
Piper is being considered for engagement. Refer to Note 36 for details. 

– End of Remuneration Report –

40

Directors’ reportcontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Auditor’s Independence Declaration

Tel: +61 8 6382 4600
Fax: +61 8 6382 4601
www.bdo.com.au

Level 9, Mia Yellagonga Tower 2
5 Spring Street
Perth, WA 6000
PO Box 700 West Perth WA 6872
Australia

DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE BY GLYN O'BRIEN TO THE DIRECTORS OF OMNI BRIDGEWAY
LIMITED

As lead auditor of Omni Bridgeway Limited for the year ended 30 June 2022, I declare that, to the best
of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

1. No contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in

relation to the audit; and

2. No contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Omni Bridgeway Limited and the entities it controlled during the
period.

Glyn O'Brien

Director

BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd

Perth

29 August 2022

BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd ABN 79 112 284 787 is a member of a national association of independent entities which are all members of BDO Australia
Ltd ABN 77 050 110 275, an Australian company limited by guarantee. BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd and BDO Australia Ltd are members of BDO
International Ltd, a UK company limited by guarantee, and form part of the international BDO network of independent member firms. Liability
limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

41

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 30 June 2022

Continuing Operations

Revenue from contracts with customers

Interest revenue

Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments - intangible assets

Net gain on disposal of litigation investments - purchased claims

Other income

Total income

Finance costs

Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

Depreciation expense

Employee benefits expenses

Corporate and office expenses

Impairment expense and adverse costs - litigation investments 

Other expenses

Share of (profit)/loss in associates and joint ventures

Loss before tax and fair value adjustments 

Profit on fair value adjustment of financial assets and liabilities

Loss before tax

Income tax benefit

Profit/(loss) for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Consolidated

Note

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

2

3

4

12

5

6(a)

6(b)

6(c)

6(d)

6(e)

6(f)

6(g)

35

7

8

34

21,867 

8,368 

49,029 

790 

9,127 

6,084 

9,854 

160,112 

1,282 

524 

89,181 

177,856 

1,397 

5,650 

3,455 

59,149 

17,411 

8,120 

3,602 

(387)

(9,216)

7,424 

(1,792)

(8,274)

6,482 

1,472 

1,559 

3,119 

57,458 

17,245 

136,014 

9,081 

664 

(48,756)

16,290 

(32,466)

(14,035)

(18,431)

(45,645)

52,127 

(25,451)

7,020 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit and loss:

 Movement in foreign currency translation reserve 

8,599 

(16,997)

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to profit and loss:

 Movement in foreign currency translation reserve attributed to non-controlling interests

34

Other comprehensive income/(loss) net of tax

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

10,465 

19,064 

25,546 

(20,617)

(37,614)

(56,045)

(37,046)

62,592 

(42,448)

(13,597)

Loss per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company (cents per share)

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

8

8

(17.17)

(17.17)

(9.86)

(9.86)

The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

42

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

as at 30 June 2022

ASSETS

Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Contract costs
Other assets

Total Current Assets

Non–Current Assets

Trade and other receivables
Litigation investments - claims portfolio
Litigation investments - purchased claims
Litigation investments - intangible assets
Litigation investments - financial assets
Goodwill
Property, plant and equipment
Investment in associates and Joint Ventures
Contract costs
Other assets
Deferred tax assets

Total Non-Current Assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities
Trade and other payables
Income tax payable
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Debt securities
Litigation investments - deferred consideration
Other financial liabilities

Total Current Liabilities

Non–Current Liabilities
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Debt securities
Litigation investments - deferred consideration
Other financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other liabilities
Total Non-Current Liabilities
TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY

Contributed equity

Reserves

Accumulated losses

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL EQUITY

Consolidated

Note

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

18
22
23
24

22
11
12
13
14
16
25
35
23
24
7

26

27
28
19
15
29

27
28
19
15
29
7

158,966 
127,754 
939
5,424 

293,083 

36,638 
106,123 
47,040 
394,684 
3,071 
95,567 
14,869 
5,031 
2,583 
12,751 
63,809 

782,166 

142,648 
209,389 
939 
5,009 

357,985 

21,916 
95,059 
38,754 
391,034 
389 
99,645 
5,905 
4,453 
3,522 
17,380 
30,490 

708,547 

1,075,249 

1,066,532 

41,953 
7,464 
25,124 
2,755 
148,000 
21,872 
29,161 

276,329 

1,243 
11,173 
 – 
 – 
16,568 
30,282 
155 
59,421 
335,750 

21,009 
6,083 
24,414 
2,449 
 – 
5,070 
14,647 

73,672 

855 
3,394 
145,522 
9,306 
51,669 
19,620 
147 
230,513 
304,185 

739,499 

762,347 

406,963 

9,759 

(87,832)

328,890 

410,609 

739,499 

389,501 

(15,441)

(42,187)

331,873 

430,474 

762,347 

20

21(a)

21

34

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

43

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationConsolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 30 June 2022

Cash flows from operating activities

Proceeds from litigation investments - claims portfolio

Payments for litigation investments - claims portfolio

Proceeds from management and performance fees

Payments to suppliers and employees

Interest received 

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash flows used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from litigation investments - purchased claims

Proceeds from litigation investments - intangible assets

Payments for litigation investments - intangible assets

Payments for litigation investments - capitalised overheads and employee costs

Payments for plant and equipment

Loans to related parties

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid

Payments of lease liabilities

Contributions from non-controlling interests

Distributions to non-controlling interests

Net cash flows (used in)/from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents held

Net foreign exchange difference

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Consolidated

Note

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

10

12

13,434 

(14,554)

12,586 

(74,079)

318 

(7,475)

(4,777)

11,008 

(13,933)

383 

(80,765)

592 

(7,367)

(7,843)

(74,547)

(97,925)

6,427 

4,003

273,294 

179,507

(105,559)

(126,775)

(6,734)

(1,850)

(2,107)

(6,868)

(220)

(2,848)

163,471 

46,799 

 – 

(4,576)

43,617 

(113,335)

(74,294)

(7,872)

(3,508)

80,540 

(65,499)

3,661 

14,630 

(47,465)

1,688 

(4,271)

142,648 

194,384 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

18

158,966 

142,648 

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

44

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2022

Issued 
capital
$’000

Notes

Share 
based 
payments 
reserve
$’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
$’000

Option 
premium 
reserve
$’000

Convertible 
note 
reserve
$’000

Fund 
equity 
reserve
$’000

Accumulated 
losses
$’000

Non-
controlling 
interests
$’000

Total
$’000

Total 
equity
$’000

At 1 July 2021

389,501 

28,327 

(28,405)

3,404 

3,832 

(22,599)

(42,187) 331,873 

430,474  762,347 

Profit/(loss) for the 
year

Other 
comprehensive 
income/(loss)

Total 
comprehensive 
income/(loss) for 
the year

Equity 
Transactions:

Shares issued

Share based 
payments, net 
of tax

Shares issued to 
settle deferred and 
variable deferred 
consideration

Contributions from 
non-controlling 
interests

Distributions to 
non-controlling 
interests

Changes in the 
proportion of 
equity held by non-
controlling interests

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

8,599 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(45,645)

(45,645)

52,127 

6,482 

 – 

 – 

8,599 

 10,465 

19,064 

 – 

 – 

8,599 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(45,645)

(37,046)

62,592 

25,546 

6,522 

(6,522)

 – 

10,468 

10,940 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

10,468 

 – 

10,468 

 – 

10,940 

 – 

10,940 

 – 

 – 

 – 

43,617 

43,617 

 – 

(113,335)

(113,335)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

12,655 

 – 

12,655 

(12,739)

(84)

At 30 June 2022

20, 21, 34

406,963

32,273

(19,806)

3,404

3,832

(9,944)

(87,832) 328,890

410,609 739,499

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

45

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationConsolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

continued

Issued 
capital
$’000

Notes

Share 
based 
payments 
reserve
$’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
$’000

Option 
premium 
reserve
$’000

Convertible 
note 
reserve
$’000

Fund 
equity 
reserve
$’000

Accumulated 
losses
$’000

Non-
controlling 
interests
$’000

Total
$’000

Total 
equity
$’000

At 1 July 2020

347,630 

23,918 

(11,408)

3,404 

3,832 

(24,778)

(6,597) 336,001 

431,200  767,201 

Profit/(loss) for the 
year
Other 
comprehensive 
income/(loss)

Total 
comprehensive 
income/(loss) for 
the year

Equity 
Transactions:

Dividend paid/
declared

Shares issued

Share based 
payments, net of tax

Shares issued to 
settle deferred and 
variable deferred 
consideration

Shares issued 
under the Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan

Contributions from 
non-controlling 
interests

Distributions to non-
controlling interests

Changes in the 
proportion of 
equity held by non-
controlling interests

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(16,997)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(25,451)

(25,451)

7,020 

(18,431)

 – 

 – 

(16,997)

(20,617)

(37,614)

 – 

 – 

(16,997)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(25,451)

(42,448)

(13,597)

(56,045)

 – 

 – 

6,064 

(6,064)

 – 

10,473 

33,537 

2,270 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(10,139)

(10,139)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(10,139)

 – 

 – 

10,473 

 – 

10,473 

 – 

33,537 

 – 

33,537 

 – 

2,270 

 – 

2,270 

 – 

 – 

 – 

80,540 

80,540 

 – 

(65,499)

(65,499)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,179 

 – 

2,179 

(2,170)

9 

At 30 June 2021

20, 21, 34 389,501 

28,327 

(28,405)

3,404 

3,832 

(22,599)

(42,187) 331,873 

430,474  762,347 

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

46

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

for the year ended 30 June 2022

About this Report
The financial report of Omni Bridgeway Limited (“OBL”, “the 
Company” or “the Parent”) and its subsidiaries (“the Group” 
or “consolidated entity”) for the year ended 30 June 2022 was 
authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the 
directors on 29 August 2022. The principal activities of the 
entities within the consolidated group are:

i. 

the investment into and management of Funds (or 
Fund-like structures) that are focused on investing into 
litigation and dispute resolution matters globally; and

ii. 

the continued holding of direct investments into similar 
litigation and dispute resolution matters.

Omni Bridgeway Limited (ABN 45 067 298 088) is a for profit 
company incorporated and domiciled in Australia and limited 
by shares that are publicly traded on the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX code: OBL).

This section sets out the basis upon which the Group’s 
Financial Statements are prepared. Specific accounting 
policies are described in the respective notes to the Financial 
Statements. This section also shows information on new or 
amended accounting standards and interpretations and their 
impact on the financial position and performance of the Group.

a.  Basis of preparation
The financial report is a general purpose financial report, which 
has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 
the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards 
and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board. The financial report has been 
prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the financial 
assets and liabilities that have been measured at fair value.

The amounts contained within this report have been rounded 
to the nearest $1,000 or $100,000 (where rounding is 
applicable) under the option available to the Company under 
ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) 
Instrument 2016/191.

b.  Compliance with IFRS 
The financial report also complies with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board.

c.  Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial 
statements of Omni Bridgeway Limited and its subsidiaries at 
30 June 2022. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, 
or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the 
investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the investee.

The Group includes Fund collective investment vehicles over 
which Omni Bridgeway Limited has the right to direct the 
relevant activities of the Fund under contractual arrangements 
and has exposure to variable returns from the Fund collective 
investment vehicles. See Note 34.

The financial results of the subsidiaries are prepared for the 
same reporting period as the Company, using consistent 
accounting policies.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a 
loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all 
intercompany balances and transactions, income and 
expenses and profits and losses resulting from intra-group 
transactions have been eliminated in full.

Foreign currency 
The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented 
in Australian dollars, which is also the Parent’s functional 
currency. The Group determines the functional currency of 
each entity in the Group. The Group uses the direct method of 
consolidation and on disposal of a foreign operation, the gain 
or loss that is reclassified to profit or loss reflects the amount 
that arises from using this method.

Transactions and balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by each 
entity in the Group at their respective functional currency spot 
rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are converted at the functional currency spot rates 
of exchange at the reporting date.

Exchange differences arising on settlement or conversion of 
monetary items are recognised in profit or loss.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange 
rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are 
translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair 
value is determined. The gain or loss arising on translation of 
non-monetary items measured at fair value is treated in line 
with the recognition of gain or loss on change in fair value of 
the item (i.e. translation differences on items whose fair value 
gain or loss is recognised in other comprehensive income 
or profit or loss are also recognised in other comprehensive 
income or profit or loss, respectively).

47

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationAbout this Report (continued)

Group companies
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign 
operations are translated into Australian dollars at the rate of 
exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their statements 
of profit or loss are translated at exchange rates prevailing at 
the dates of the transactions. The exchange differences arising 
on translation for consolidation purposes are recognised 
in other comprehensive income. On disposal of a foreign 
operation, the component of other comprehensive income 
relating to that particular foreign operation is recognised in 
profit or loss.

d.   New and amended accounting standards and 

interpretations adopted during the year

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those 
followed in the preparation of the Group’s annual consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2021. All 
new and amended accounting standards and interpretations 
effective from 1 July 2021 were adopted by the Group with no 
material impact.

e.   New and amended accounting standards and 
interpretations issued but not yet effective
The new and amended standards and interpretations that 
are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of 
the Group’s financial statements that the Group reasonably 
expects will have an impact on its disclosures, financial 
position or performance when applied at a future date, are 
disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these new 
and amended standards and interpretations, if applicable, 
when they become effective. Of the other standards and 
interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, as these 
are not expected to impact the Group, they have not been 
listed.

Amendments to IAS 1: Classification of Liabilities as Current 
or Non-current
In January 2020, the IASB issued amendments to paragraphs 
69 to 76 of IAS 1 to specify the requirements for classifying 
liabilities as current or non-current. The amendments clarify:

 – What is meant by a right to defer settlement
 – That a right to defer must exist at the end of the reporting 

period

 – That classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an 

entity will exercise its deferral right.

That only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability 
is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not 
impact its classification.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and must be applied 
retrospectively. The Group is currently assessing the impact 
the amendments will have on current practice and whether 
existing loan agreements may require renegotiation.

Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments 
to IFRS 3
In May 2020, the IASB issued Amendments to IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations - Reference to the Conceptual Framework. 
The amendments are intended to replace a reference to the 
Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial 
Statements, issued in 1989, with a reference to the Conceptual 
Framework for Financial Reporting issued in March 2018 
without significantly changing its requirements. The IASB also 
added an exception to the recognition principle of IFRS 3 to 
avoid the issue of potential ‘day 2’ gains or losses arising for 
liabilities and contingent liabilities that would be within the 
scope of IAS 37 or IFRIC 21 Levies, if incurred separately. At 
the same time, the IASB decided to clarify existing guidance 
in IFRS 3 for contingent assets that would not be affected by 
replacing the reference to the Framework for the Preparation 
and Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments 
are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2022 and apply prospectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended 
Use – Amendments to IAS 16
In May 2020, the IASB issued Property, Plant and Equipment —
Proceeds before Intended Use, which prohibits entities 
deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and 
equipment, any proceeds from selling items produced while 
bringing that asset to the location and condition necessary 
for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by 
management. Instead, an entity recognises the proceeds 
from selling such items, and the costs of producing those 
items, in profit or loss. The amendment is effective for annual 
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and 
must be applied retrospectively to items of property, plant and 
equipment made available for use on or after the beginning 
of the earliest period presented when the entity first applies 
the amendment. The amendments are not expected to have a 
material impact on the Group.

Onerous Contracts – Costs of Fulfilling a Contract – 
Amendments to IAS 37
In May 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 37 to specify 
which costs an entity needs to include when assessing whether 
a contract is onerous or loss-making. The amendments 
apply a “directly related cost approach”. The costs that relate 
directly to a contract to provide goods or services include 
both incremental costs and an allocation of costs directly 
related to contract activities. General and administrative costs 
do not relate directly to a contract and are excluded unless 
they are explicitly chargeable to the counterparty under the 
contract. The amendments are effective for annual reporting 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022. The Group will 
apply these amendments to contracts for which it has not 
yet fulfilled all its obligations at the beginning of the annual 
reporting period in which it first applies the amendments. The 
amendments are not expected to have a material impact on 
the Group.

48

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022About this Report (continued)

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 – Amendments 
to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 
On 27 August 2020, the IASB published Interest Rate 
Benchmark Reform – Phase 2, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, 
IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16. The amendments provide temporary 
reliefs which address the financial reporting effects when an 
interbank offered rate (IBOR) is replaced with an alternative 
nearly risk-free interest rate (RFR). The amendments include a 
practical expedient to require contractual changes, or changes 
to cash flows that are directly required by the reform, to be 
treated as changes to a floating interest rate, equivalent to a 
movement in a market rate of interest. Inherent in allowing 
the use of this practical expedient is the requirement that 
the transition from an IBOR benchmark rate to an RFR takes 
place on an economically equivalent basis with no value 
transfer having occurred. Any other changes made at the 
same time, such as a change in the credit spread or maturity 
date, are assessed. If they are substantial, the instrument is 
derecognised. If they are not substantial, the updated effective 
interest rate (EIR) is used to recalculate the carrying amount 
of the financial instrument, with any modification gain or loss 
recognised in profit or loss. The Group has limited exposure to 
benchmark interest rates and is finalising its assessment of the 
impact of these amendments.

f. 

 Significant accounting judgments, estimates 
and assumptions

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements requires management to make judgments, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts 
of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the 
accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent 
liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements.

Key judgments
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, 
management has made the following judgments, which have 
the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the 
consolidated financial statements:

Consolidation of entities in which the Group holds less than 
a majority voting right (de facto control)
The Group has assessed the entities in which it has an interest 
to determine whether or not control exists and the entity is, 
therefore, consolidated into the Group. These entities are 
listed in Note 34. For those entities consolidated with an 
interest less than 51%, the Group uses judgment to determine 
that it has power to direct the relevant activities of the investee 
under contractual arrangements and sufficient exposure 
to variable returns. In reviewing whether the Group has 
power and sufficient exposure to variable returns the Group 
considers whether it is acting as a principal or as an agent of 
the entity.

Taxation
The Group’s accounting policy for taxation requires 
management’s judgment in assessing whether deferred tax 
assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are recognised on the 
Statement of Financial Position. Deferred tax assets, including 
those arising from tax losses, capital losses and temporary 
differences, are recognised only where it is considered more 
likely than not that they will be recovered, which is dependent 
on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits.

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits 
depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows 
as contained in the Group’s yearly budget. These depend 
on estimates of future income, operating costs, capital 
expenditure, dividends and other capital management 
transactions.

Judgments and assumptions are also required about the 
application of income tax legislation. These judgments 
and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, 
hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances 
will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of 
deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised 
in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and 
the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences 
not yet recognised. In such circumstances, some or 
all of the carrying amounts of recognised deferred tax 
assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting 
in a corresponding credit or charge to the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Litigation investments
Classification of litigation investments as either Claims 
Portfolio, Purchased Claims, Intangible Assets or Financial 
Assets requires judgment on the circumstances and contracts 
attached to the investment. Refer to Notes 11 - 14 for the 
accounting policies for litigation investments.

Significant estimates and assumptions
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key 
sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, 
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment 
to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the 
next financial year, are described below. The Group based its 
assumptions and estimates on parameters available when 
the consolidated financial statements were prepared. Existing 
circumstances and assumptions about future developments, 
however, may change due to market changes or circumstances 
arising that are beyond the control of the Group. Such changes 
are reflected in the assumptions when they occur.

COVID-19 pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic has interrupted dispute resolution 
systems to different degrees in jurisdictions where the 
Group has investments. Whilst this has led to some delays in 
completions, or the expected completion date, this has not 
led to significant impairments. In assessing the carrying value 
and associated impairment of investments, the most up to 
date estimates of success and timing have been used. This has 
not led to significant impairments. Additionally, the Group has 
specifically considered the impact of COVID-19 in assessing the 
values of its other assets (including goodwill, receivables/loans, 
other financial assets and deferred tax assets) and liabilities. 
No significant adjustments have been required.

49

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report About this Report (continued)

Impairment of financial and non-financial assets
The Group assesses impairment of all required financial and 
non-financial assets at each reporting date by evaluating 
conditions specific to the Group and to the particular asset 
that may lead to impairment. Impairment exists when the 
carrying value of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its 
recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less 
costs of disposal and its value in use. The group primarily 
relies on value in use calculations based on Discounted Cash 
Flows (DCF) models. The cash flows are derived from either 
the Group’s budget or from estimates made by investment 
managers. The recoverable amount is sensitive to the discount 
rate used for the DCF model as well as the expected future 
cash-inflows and the growth rate used for extrapolation 
purposes. These estimates are most relevant to goodwill and 
other intangibles recognised by the Group. Refer to individual 
notes for further information around impairment of financial 
and non- financial assets.

Fair value measurement of financial liabilities through 
profit and loss
When deferred and variable deferred consideration meets 
the definition of a financial liability at fair value through profit 
and loss, it is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each 
reporting date. The determination of the fair value is based 
on option pricing methodology. The key inputs are detailed 
in Notes 15, 17 and 29.

Provision for adverse costs
The Group raises a provision for adverse costs upon an 
underlying litigation receiving a of a losing judgment in certain 
jurisdictions that require adverse costs to be paid to the 
litigations’ counter party. If an appeal is lodged, the Group 
still raises a provision. The provision raised is the Group’s 
best estimate of the amount of adverse costs it will have to 
remit. Typically, this estimate is between 40% to 80% of the 
amount spent by the plaintiff, on the basis that there is only 
one defendant per the litigation. Refer to Notes 27 and 30 for 
further details on adverse costs.

Share-based payments
Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions 
requires determination of the most appropriate valuation 
model, which depends on the terms and conditions of the 
grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most 
appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the 
expected life of the performance rights, volatility dividend yield 
and risk-free rate and making assumptions about them. For 
the measurement of the fair value of performance rights at the 
grant date, the Group uses a Monte-Carlo simulation model 
and Black-Scholes model. The assumptions and models used 
for estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions 
are disclosed in Note 32. 

Measurement of non-controlling interests (“NCI”)
Profits and losses are attributed to non-controlling interests 
in line with the allocation of profit distributions under the 
terms of the respective agreements with non-controlling 
investors. Therefore, at the end of each reporting period, 
the non-controlling interests represent the non-controlling 
shareholders’ share of net assets, as would be distributed 
under the relevant shareholders or investors agreements 
at the balance date.

Revenue recognition – estimating variable consideration 
on litigation investments – claims portfolio 
The Group estimates variable consideration to be included in 
the transaction price for revenue from litigation investments – 
claims portfolio. Revenue is generated from providing services 
on a success basis and revenue is not recognised until it is 
highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur. Refer 
to Note 2 for further information.

Revenue recognition – estimating variable consideration 
on management and performance fees
The Group estimates variable consideration to be included 
in the transaction price for management and performance 
fees. Management fees are based on the level of external 
investors net deployed capital per quarter and any uncertainty 
is resolved at the end of the same quarter. Therefore, 
management fee revenues are recognised quarterly in 
arrears, corresponding with the delivery of performance 
obligations. The calculation of performance fees is subject to 
individual investment and overall portfolio returns with some 
uncertainties. Accordingly, performance fee revenue is not 
recognised until it is highly probable that a significant reversal 
in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur.

Net gain/loss on derecognition of Litigation investments – 
intangible assets
The Group recognises proceeds and derecognises carrying 
costs on disposal in accordance with the investments’ funding 
terms or in the event of partial sale of an investment. In 
some instances, the calculation requires certain estimates 
and assumptions to be made. Refer to Note 13 for further 
information.

Litigation investments – purchased claims
The Group initially recognises litigation investments – 
purchased claims at fair value. These are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost by applying the credit-adjusted 
effective interest rate based on estimated cash flows. Refer to 
Note 12 for further information.

Litigation investments – financial assets
The Group initially recognises litigation investments – financial 
assets at fair value. These are subsequently measured at fair 
value through the profit or loss. Refer to Note 14 for further 
information.

Expected credit losses (“ECLs”) of receivables
The Group uses Investment Managers’ best estimate to 
calculate ECLs for receivables. The provision is based on 
assessment customer segments that have similar loss 
patterns. Refer to Notes 17 and 22 for further information. 

50

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022A. RESULTS FOR THE YEAR

Note 1:  Segment information
The Group operates in one industry, being funding and 
provision of services in relation to legal dispute resolution. 
For management purposes, the Group is organised into 
operating segments comprising the OBL Group’s corporate 
operations and the Group’s fund structures.

The OBL Group’s wholly owned subsidiaries own historical 
litigation investments and provide investment management 
advisory and administration services to the Group’s fund 
structures in the following locations:

 – Australia
 – United States
 – Canada
 – Asia
 – Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA)

The Group’s Fund structures include:

 – Fund 1 – This comprises Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC, 
Security Finance (Fund 1) LLC and HC 1 LLC. The Fund 
invests in litigation investments in the United States. 
Fund 1 is consolidated into the Group.

 – Funds 2&3 – This comprises Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) 
Pty Ltd, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd, IMF Bentham 
ROW SPV 1 Limited and IMF Bentham ROW SPV 2. 
These entities jointly invest in litigation investments 
outside the United States. Funds 2&3 are consolidated 
into the Group.

 – Fund 4 – This Fund invests in litigation investments in the 
United States. It consists of a series of parallel investing 
entities comprising Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 1 LP, 
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 2 LP, Omni Bridgeway 
(Fund 4) Invt 3 LP, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 4 LP, 
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 5 LP, Omni Bridgeway 
(Fund 4) Invt 6 LP, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 7 LP, 
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 8 LP, Omni Bridgeway 
(Fund 4) Invt 9 LP, Security Finance (Fund 4) LLC,  
JPV I LP and Bentham HPCR LP. Fund 4 entities except 
for Bentham HPCR LP are consolidated into the Group.

 – Fund 5 – Consists of a collective investment group 
comprising Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) LP, Omni 
Bridgeway (Fund 5) Cayman Invt. Limited, Omni 
Bridgeway (Fund 5) Australian Invt Pty Ltd, Omni 
Bridgeway (Fund 5) Canada Investments Ltd, Omni 
Bridgeway (Fund 5) NZ Invt Limited, Omni Bridgeway 
(Fund 5) Cayman DDI Limited, Gold Road Limited, Oak 
Henge Limited, as well as parallel joint investor, Omni 
Bridgeway (Fund 5) GPA Pty Ltd. 2238319 Alberta Ltd 
was deregistered on 20 April 2022. This Fund invests in 
litigation investments outside the United States. Only 
the parallel joint investor is consolidated within the 
Group and is included in the segment note.

 – Fund 6 – An investment structure focused in Europe, 
Middle East and Africa that was acquired in a business 
combination on 8 November 2019 and includes the 
entity responsible for providing the management 
of Fund 7. It was established to invest in litigation, 
arbitration and enforcement proceedings, and for 
the work-out and monetisation of claims. Revenue is 
derived from enforcement and recovery services and 
other income is derived from litigation investments. 
OBL retains control and ownership of Fund 6 via its 
equity interests. Legal ownership of the litigation 
investments are spread across the entire OBE Group. 
Fund 6 is consolidated into the Group.

 – Fund 8 – Launched on 30 June 2022, is an investment 
structure focused in Europe, Middle East and Africa. 
Any investment vehicles that would be consolidated 
into the Group were yet to be established at 30 June 
2022.

For Fund 1 and Funds 2&3, the non-controlling interest 
comprises an equity interests which carry an entitlement 
to receive a capped priority return on drawn capital and a 
further preferred return on committed but undrawn capital. 
OBL retains control and ownership of the Funds via its equity 
interests. Upon satisfaction of the non-controlling interests’ 
priority returns, OBL is entitled to a manager return. After 
satisfaction of the priority return and the manager returns, 
the residual net cash flows are to be distributed (i) for Fund 1: 
85% to OBL and 15% to the non-controlling interests: (ii) for 
Funds 2&3, 80% to OBL and 20% to non-controlling interests. 
The Funds have an infinite life and all distributions are 
discretionary.

For Fund 4 the non-controlling interest comprises an equity 
interest which, together with OBL’s interest, carries an 
entitlement to receive return of capital plus a hurdle return 
on invested capital, and a pro-rata share of any residual after 
OBL’s periodic management fee and transactional based 
performance fee. OBL retains control and ownership of the 
Funds via its equity interest. The Fund has an infinite life and 
all distributions are discretionary.

For Fund 5, there is no non-controlling interest as only OBL’s 
100% owned investment vehicle is consolidated. OBL is 
entitled to periodic management fees and transactional based 
performance fees.

For Fund 6, the non-controlling interest comprises an 
equity interest which, together with OBL’s interest, carries 
a case by case entitlement to receive return of capital plus 
a return on invested capital after OBL’s transactional based 
performance fee. OBL retains control and ownership of the 
Funds via its equity interest. The Fund has an infinite life and all 
distributions are discretionary during the investment period.

51

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 1:  Segment information (continued)
Intersegment revenue comprises interest revenue on intercompany loans and advisory fees.

Intercompany interest revenue is recognised in accordance with AASB 9 using the effective interest rate method.

The intercompany advisory fee revenue earned during the year was derived from management and advisory agreements between 
the group entities. The consideration received is determined by reference to costs plus a percentage mark-up. The revenue is 
recognised over the period in which costs are incurred as it is deemed that the Group transfers control of the management 
services over this period and, therefore, satisfies its performance obligations and recognises revenue over time.

Adjustments and eliminations relate to certain finance and overheads costs that are not allocated to individual segments as the 
underlying expenses are incurred within wholly owned operations. These costs are capitalised into litigation funding contracts 
on consolidation of the Group. The associated tax effect accounting for these items are also managed on a Group basis and not 
allocated to the individual segments.

Inter-segment revenues and expenses are eliminated on consolidation and reflected in the “adjustments and eliminations” column. 

Adjustments made in the balance sheet include adjustments to non-current assets to eliminate intercompany loans and 
investments in subsidiaries on consolidation.

Segment result for the year ended 30 June 2022

Revenue from contracts with customers

Interest revenue on cash and deposits

Interest revenue on receivables

Interest revenue on litigation investments - purchased claims

Inter-segment

Segment revenue

Net gain/(loss) on derecognition of litigation investments - intangible 
assets

Derecognition of capitalised overheads on litigation investments - 
intangible assets

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of litigation investments - purchased claims

Other income

Total income

Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

Impairment expense - litigation investments

Other expenses

Share of (profit) in associates and joint ventures

(Loss)/profit before tax and fair value adjustments

Group

Funds

Consolidation

Corporate 
$’000

1 
$’000

2&3 
$’000

4 
$’000

5 
$’000

6 
$’000

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations 
$’000

Consolidated 
$’000

4,613 

297

 – 

 – 

18,410 

23,320 

 – 

14

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –

8 

1,419 

1,655 

 – 

14 

3,082 

 – 

 – 

 – 

423

 – 

423 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

17,254

 – 

355 

4,197 

–

– 

– 

– 

(549)

(17,861)

21,867 

319 

1,774 

6,275 

 – 

21,257 

(17,861)

30,235 

(21,649)

16,502 

21,670 

29,911 

626 

10,230 

 – 

 – 

 – 

57,290 

(8,261)

790 

9,127 

(1,461)

(2,047)

(2,638)

(762)

(1,353)

 – 

790 

 – 

 – 

7,668

 – 

(1)

 – 

1,063 

 – 

(8)

2,217 

1,507 

(3,319)

7,878 

14,468 

23,177 

29,564 

1,490 

33,784 

(21,180)

89,181 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5,762)

10,405 

(553)

 – 

652 

 – 

 – 

5,650 

769 

 – 

 – 

5,650 

5,511 

109,755 

(387)

75 

 – 

824 

1,168 

274 

14,027 

(38,500)

87,623 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(387)

(95,728)

3,988 

22,906 

27,744 

1,216 

13,338 

17,320 

(9,216)

Profit/(Loss) on fair value adjustment of financial liabilities

7,424 

 – 

(1,275)

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,275 

7,424 

(Loss)/profit before tax

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Segment result

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

(88,304)

3,988 

21,631 

27,744 

1,216 

13,338 

18,595 

(1,792)

(24,182)

163 

8,808 

517 

(64,122)

3,825 

12,823 

27,227 

718 

498 

4,185 

1,517 

(8,274)

9,153 

17,078 

6,482 

(64,122)

(2,971)

(1,687)

4,793 

498 

766 

17,078 

(45,645)

 – 

6,796 

14,511

22,434 

 – 

8,386

 – 

52,127 

52

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 1:  Segment information (continued)

Group

Funds

Consolidation

Corporate 
$’000

1 
$’000

2&3 
$’000

4 
$’000

5 
$’000

6 
$’000

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations 
$’000

Consolidated 
$’000

Segment assets and liabilities at 30 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents1

Trade receivables

Other current assets 

Litigation investments - claims portfolio

Litigation investments - purchased claims

Litigation investments - intangible assets

Litigation investments - financial assets

Litigation investments - provision for impairment

Goodwill

Investments in funds

Other non-current assets

Total segment assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities

Total segment liabilities 

Net assets

Equity attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Contributed equity - NCI

Earnings - NCI

Total equity

107,645 

8,820 

24,283 

17,926 

47,316 

4,780 

1 

 – 

291 

24,921 

 – 

 – 

158,966 

138,074 

61,057 

32,158 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

7,854 

582 

4,064 

22,286 

(34,263)

32,681 

 – 

 – 

17,727 

9,198 

 – 

 – 

102,901 

3,222 

106,123 

20,115 

 – 

47,040 

79,066 

147,793 

70,225 

143,334 

17,936 

54,784 

34,573 

547,711 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3,117 

 – 

(46)

3,071 

(60,491)

(20,206)

(4,786)

(59,812)

95,567 

280,196 

369,818 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,067 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(2,067)

(5,665)

(153,027)

 – 

–

 – 

95,567 

(275,165)

5,031

2,953 

1,827

(285,653)

94,012

965,016 

136,407  167,686  116,008 

28,071  225,058

(562,997)

1,075,249

239,828 

1,471 

27,623 

5,311 

27,266 

24,392 

(49,562)

276,329 

32,589 

 – 

1,902 

 – 

460 

15,029 

9,441 

59,421 

272,417 

1,471 

29,525 

5,311 

27,726 

39,421 

(40,121)

335,750 

692,599 

134,936 

138,161 

110,697 

345  185,637

(522,876)

739,499

692,599 

61,717 

25,377 

22,139 

345 

52,044 

(525,331)

328,890 

 – 

 – 

33,447 

93,038 

127,686 

39,772 

19,746 

(39,128)

 – 

 – 

118,201 

 – 

372,372 

15,392

2,455

38,237 

692,599 

134,936 

138,161 

110,697 

345  185,637

(522,876)

739,499

1 

 Cash in Funds can only be used for litigation investments and expenses within the respective Funds in accordance with their mandates and constituent 
documents.

53

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1:  Segment information (continued)

Segment result for year ended 30 June 2021

Revenue from contracts with customers2

Interest revenue on cash and deposits

Interest revenue on receivables

Interest revenue on litigation investments - purchased claims

Inter-segment

Segment revenue

Net gain/(loss) on derecognition of litigation investments - 
intangible assets3

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of litigation investments - purchased claims

Other income

Total income

Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

Impairment expense - litigation investments

Other expenses

Share of loss in associates and joint ventures

Group

Funds

Consolidation

Corporate 
$’000

1 
$’000

2&3 
$’000

4 
$’000

5 
$’000

6 
$’000

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations 
$’000

Consolidated 
$’000

2,922 

483 

29 

 – 

17,470 

20,904 

 – 

50 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

8 

130 

1,574 

 – 

 – 

 – 

9 

(118)

 – 

50 

1,712 

(109)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3,162 

 – 

1,017 

6,682 

 – 

 – 

(10)

 – 

 – 

(17,470)

6,084 

541 

1,175 

8,138 

 – 

10,861 

(17,480)

15,938 

104,649 

45,093 

1,397 

220 

663 

14,143 

(6,053)

160,112 

 – 

165 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,215 

 – 

67 

359 

 – 

 – 

1,282 

524 

125,718 

45,143 

3,109 

111 

1,878 

25,430 

(23,533)

177,856 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

57,830 

(2,502)

3,218 

56,850 

 – 

 – 

1,559 

4,445 

 – 

1,559 

893 

120,734 

112,308 

 – 

(17)

 – 

6,462 

485 

1,506 

16,993 

(34,082)

103,655 

 – 

 – 

 – 

664 

 – 

664 

(Loss)/profit before tax and fair value adjustments

(44,420)

47,662 

(6,571)

(57,224)

372 

1,769 

9,656 

(48,756)

Profit on fair value adjustment of financial liabilities

16,290 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(Loss)/profit before tax

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Segment result

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

(28,130)

47,662 

(6,571)

(57,224)

(15,824)

63 

(2,095)

 – 

(12,306)

47,599 

(4,476)

(57,224)

 – 

372 

134 

238 

 – 

 – 

16,290 

1,769 

2,006 

9,656 

(32,466)

1,681 

(14,035)

(237)

7,975 

(18,431)

(12,306)

 – 

(4,476)

(11,419)

238 

(5,463)

7,975 

(25,451)

 – 

47,599 

 – 

(45,805)

 – 

5,226 

 – 

7,020 

2 

3 

 Revenue from contracts with customers classified as Fund 5 for the year ended 30 June 2021 have been reallocated to the Corporate segment to align with 
the current year’s allocation. 

 Includes the derecognition of capitalised overheads.

54

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1:  Segment information (continued)

Group

Funds

Consolidation

Segment assets and liabilities at 30 June 2021

Cash and cash equivalents1

Receivables

Other current assets 

Litigation investments - claims portfolio

Litigation investments - purchased claims

Litigation investments - intangible assets

Litigation investments - financial assets

Litigation investments - provision for impairment

Goodwill

Investments in funds

Other non-current assets

Total segment assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities

Total segment liabilities 

Net assets

Equity attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Contributed equity - NCI

Earnings - NCI

Total equity

Corporate 
$’000

1 
$’000

2&3 
$’000

4 
$’000

5 
$’000

6 
$’000

99,960

10,836

3,018 

19,056 

300 

9,478 

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations 
$’000

Consolidated 
$’000

 – 

 – 

142,648 

175,655 

109,790

43,936

7,819 

14,110 

31,430

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

15,397 

 – 

7,414 

8,214 

 – 

549 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

6,416 

(14,110)

39,682

93,784 

23,126 

1,275 

95,059 

 – 

38,754 

108,327 

150,283 

59,022 

121,389 

8,021 

54,867 

30,424 

532,333 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

389 

 – 

 – 

389 

(65,860)

(9,671)

(5,031)

(54,346)

99,645 

267,870

157,797

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

–

32,633

 – 

–

–

 – 

 – 

–

(1,548)

(4,843)

(141,299)

 – 

 – 

99,645 

4,453

(267,870)

4,453

3,971

11,267

(126,455)

79,213

808,959

195,384

120,272

94,862

12,681

215,953

(381,579)

1,066,532

44,095

433

22,106

599

12,522

27,317

(33,400)

73,672

140,526

–

–

–

–

81,589

8,398

230,513

184,621

433

22,106

599

12,522

108,906

(25,002)

304,185

624,338

194,951

98,166

94,263

159

107,047

(356,577)

762,347

624,338

47,481

17,767

9,143

159

(10,438)

(356,577)

331,873 

–

–

91,339

73,439

132,427

56,131

6,960

(47,307)

–

–

110,412

7,073

–

–

407,617 

22,857 

624,338

194,951

98,166

94,263

159

107,047

(356,577)

762,347 

55

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1:  Segment information (continued)
Non-current assets, excluding financial assets and deferred tax assets, can be represented geographically as follows: 

Australia

United States

Canada

Europe, Middle East and Africa

Asia

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

168,236

162,552 

243,600 

234,241 

20,089 

169,243 

20,044 

17,374 

61,587 

20,830 

621,212 

496,584 

Note 2:  Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the service is transferred to the customer at an amount that 
reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those services.

(i) Litigation investments – claims portfolio

The nature of services
Revenue is generated from providing enforcement, collection, monetisation and recovery services to customers with judgments, 
awards or contractual debts and receivables. 

Performance obligations
At investment inception, the Group assesses the services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies the performance 
obligation involved in each promise to transfer funds received to the customer. Performance obligations are satisfied at a point in 
time, upon the recovery of each dollar. 

Transaction price
Almost all revenues from litigation investments – claims portfolio are based on a no success, no fee basis. The transaction price 
contains various components, with each component being either fixed or variable. The Group includes variable consideration 
(a portion or all) in the transaction price only when it is highly probable that the recognised revenue will not incur a significant 
revenue reversal. The revenue is based on a percentage that is recovered so the uncertainty is typically removed when the money 
is received or settlement agreement has been signed and where applicable, court approval obtained as, at that point, the revenue 
formula can be applied to the amount collected.

(ii) Management fees 
The management fee revenue earned during the year was derived from Investment Management Agreements with the investors in 
Fund 4, Fund 5 and Fund 7. The services provided are for the administration of the investor accounts and fund structures. For Fund 
4 and Fund 5 the consideration is considered to be variable consideration and is determined with reference to the net invested 
capital attributable to the Investor’s accounts. The revenue is recognised over the period in which there is net invested capital 
in the Fund as the Group transfers control of the services over this period and, therefore, satisfies its performance obligations 
over time. Variable consideration is recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of 
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur. As the net invested capital is known at the end of each quarter the management 
fees are able to be calculated and recognised as it is then highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative 
revenue recognised will not occur. Fees for management of Fund 7 is based on the operational costs of the managing entity. 

56

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 2:  Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

2022

Type of service

Litigation investments – claims portfolio

Management and service fees

2021

Type of service

Litigation investments – claims portfolio

Management and service fees

2022

Geographical markets

Europe

Australia

United States

Cayman Islands

2021

Geographical markets

Europe

Australia

United States

Cayman Islands

2022

Timing of revenue recognition

Services transferred at a point in time

Services transferred over time

2021

Timing of revenue recognition

Services transferred at a point in time

Services transferred over time

Corporate1 
$’000

Fund 6  
$’000

Total 
$’000

 – 

4,613 

4,613 

 – 

2,922 

2,922 

16,173 

1,081 

17,254 

16,173 

5,694 

21,867 

1,696 

1,466 

3,162 

1,696 

4,388 

6,084 

 – 

17,254 

17,254 

1,675 

2,223 

715 

4,613 

 – 

360 

1,995 

567 

2,922 

 – 

4,613 

4,613 

 – 

2,922 

2,922 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,675 

2,223 

715 

17,254 

21,867 

3,162 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3,162 

3,162 

360 

1,995 

567 

6,084 

16,173 

1,081 

16,173 

5,694 

17,254 

21,867 

1,696 

1,466 

3,162 

1,696 

4,388 

6,084 

1 

 Revenue classified as within the Fund 5 segment in the prior year has been reallocated to the Corporate segment to align with the current year’s segment 
allocation. 

During the year, the Group received performance fees of $3.643 million (2021: $1.144 million) relating to Fund 4 and Fund 5 that 
have not yet satisfied IFRS income recognition requirements and are thus not disclosed as revenue. The cumulative amount 
of unrecognised performance fee is held as unearned revenue in trade and other payables on the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position. Refer to Note 26.

57

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest revenue 

Note 3: 
Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts 
estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

The Group earned 96% (2021: 85%) of its interest revenue on cash and deposits in Australia. Interest revenue on receivables 
relates to the Europe, Middle East and Africa region. The purchased claims revenue relates to the Europe, Canada and United 
States geographical market. 

Interest revenue 

Interest revenue on cash and deposits

Interest revenue on receivables

Interest revenue on litigation investments - purchased claims

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

319 

1,774 

6,275 

8,368 

541 

1,175 

8,138 

9,854 

Note 4:  Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments - intangibles assets 
Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments - intangibles assets is derived from the disposal through sale or completion 
(partial or full) of the underlying litigation that the Group invested in. The accounting policy for litigation investments - intangibles 
assets is outlined in Note 13. 

Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments - intangible assets

Proceeds 

Derecognition of carrying cost

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

175,170 

265,928 

(126,141)

(105,816)

49,029 

160,112 

Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments - intangible assets can be represented geographically as follows:

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

1,668 

45,964 

(5,687)

7,136 

(9)

(43)

2021 
$’000

98,819 

40,473 

7,663 

21,015 

(7,858)

–

49,029 

160,112 

Australia

United States

Canada

Europe, Middle East and Africa

Asia

Latin America

58

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
Note 5:  Other income 

Other income

Foreign exchange gain

Other income 

Note 6:  Expenses

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

7,594

1,533

9,127

–

524 

524 

Finance costs 
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition and development of a qualifying asset (i.e. an asset that necessarily takes 
a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale) are capitalised as part of the cost of that asset. All other 
borrowing costs are expensed in the period they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that the Group incurs 
in connection with the borrowing of funds. Detailed information is provided in Note 19.

Amortisation of litigation investments – claims portfolio
Amortisation of litigation investments – claims portfolio represents the amortisation of the capitalised contract costs due to 
completion of the underlying enforcement or recovery action. Detailed information is provided in Note 11.

Depreciation
The depreciation policy is disclosed in Note 25.

Employee benefits
Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the end of the reporting 
period. These benefits include salaries and wages, annual leave, long service leave and bonuses. Liabilities in respect of employees’ 
services rendered that are not expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of the periods in which the employees 
render the related services are recognised as long-term employee benefits. These liabilities are measured at the present value 
of the estimated future cash outflow to be made to the employees using the projected unit credit method. Liabilities expected to 
be wholly settled within one year after the end of the period in which the employees render the related services are classified as 
short-term benefits and are measured at the amount due to be paid. The corresponding movements are expensed together with 
those incurred during the year.

Share based payments
The policy for share based payments is disclosed in Note 32.

Impairment expense – litigation investments 
The policy for impairment expense – litigation investments is disclosed in Notes 11 – 14 according to asset classes litigation 
investments – claims portfolio, litigation investments – purchased claims, litigation investments – intangible assets and litigation 
investments – financial assets.

Adverse costs - litigation investments 
The expense raised is the Group’s best estimate of the amount of adverse costs it will have to remit where the underlying litigation 
has received an unfavourable judgment. Refer to Notes 27 and 30 for further details on adverse costs.

59

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
Note 6:  Expenses (continued) 

(a) Finance costs

Interest on lease liabilities (Note 28)

  Other finance charges

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

808 

589 

1,397 

750 

722 

1,472 

(b) Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

  Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

5,650 

1,559 

(c) Depreciation expense

  Depreciation (Note 25)

(d) Employee benefits expenses

  Wages and salaries

Superannuation expense

  Directors' fees

  Payroll tax

Share based payments (Note 32)

Long service leave (Note 27)

(e) Corporate and office expenses

Insurance expense

  Network expense

  Marketing expense

  Occupancy expense

Professional fees expense

Recruitment expense

Travel expense

(f) Impairment expense and adverse costs - litigation investments 

Adverse costs - litigation investments (Note 27) 

  Net impairment expense - litigation investments (Notes 11 – 14)

(g) Other expenses

ASX fees

General expenses

Amortisation of contract costs

Postage, printing and stationery

Repairs and maintenance

Share registry costs

Staff training, development and conferences

Foreign exchange loss

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

60

3,455 

3,119 

43,064 

38,512 

1,865 

572 

2,211 

11,724 

(287)

59,149 

3,513 

1,697 

1,581 

719 

7,675 

1,237 

989 

1,723 

501 

2,686 

13,755 

281 

57,458 

2,929 

1,414 

1,179 

677 

10,489 

390 

167 

17,411 

17,245 

2,609 

5,511 

8,120 

174 

644 

939 

15,280 

120,734 

136,014 

206 

888 

939 

1,435 

1,035 

28 

30 

352 

–

–

3,602 

14 

17 

53 

5,868 

61 

9,081 

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 7: 

Income tax

Income tax
Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation 
authorities based on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that 
are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred income tax is provided for using the full liability balance sheet method. 

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences except:

 – when the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable 
profit or loss; or

 – when the taxable temporary difference is associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or interests in joint ventures, 
and the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and 
unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary 
differences and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:

 – when the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an 
asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the 
accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; or

 – when the deductible temporary difference is associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or interests in joint 

ventures, in which case a deferred tax asset is only recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary difference 
will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised.

Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has 
become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is 
realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting 
date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income are recognised in equity and not in profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Australian tax consolidated group
The Parent Company and its Australian resident wholly owned subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group. The Parent 
Company has entered into tax funding arrangements with its Australian resident wholly owned subsidiaries, pursuant to which 
each subsidiary has agreed to pay or receive a tax equivalent amount based on the net taxable amount or loss of the subsidiary 
at the current tax rate. The tax consolidated group has applied the separate taxpayer approach in determining the appropriate 
amount of current taxes to allocate to each entity.

61

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 7: 

Income tax (continued)

Other taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except (i) when the GST incurred on a purchase of goods 
and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of 
the asset or as part of the expense item, as applicable; and (ii) receivables and payables, which are stated with the amount of GST 
included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Cash flows are included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising 
from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as part of cash 
flows from operating activities.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority. 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

The major components of income tax (benefit) are:

Current income tax

 Current income tax charge

 Adjustment in respect of current income tax expense of previous year

 Refund of foreign state-based taxes

 Current year losses moved to deferred tax asset

 Current year utilisation of carried forward tax losses

 Other

Deferred income tax:

 Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences

 Current year losses moved to deferred tax asset

 Reduction in deferred tax asset for loss utilisation

 Adjustment in respect of deferred income tax of previous year

 Other

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

(7,854)

15,178 

203 

452 

18,133 

–

587 

(5,167)

(18,133)

–

3,528 

(23)

61 

–

8,383 

(18,388)

(944)

(28,814)

(8,383)

18,388 

173 

311 

Income tax (benefit)/expense reported in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income

(8,274)

(14,035)

Other comprehensive income

Deferred income tax related to items charged or credited directly to equity

 Deferred tax associated with share-based payments

Income tax expense reported in equity

377 

377 

1,381 

1,381 

62

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Income tax (continued) 

Note 7: 
A reconciliation between tax benefit and the product of accounting loss before income multiplied by the Group’s applicable income 
tax rate is as follows:

Consolidated

Accounting loss before income tax

At the Group's statutory income tax rate of 30% (2021: 30%)

 Foreign tax rate adjustments

 Adjustment in respect of income and deferred tax of previous years

 Expenditure not allowable for income tax purposes

 Amounts deductible for income tax purposes (permanent)

 Non-assessable income

 State income tax

 Relating to deductible temporary differences not previously recognised

 Other

2022 
$’000

(1,792)

(538)

(1,463)

3,731 

2,645 

–

(12,467)

100 

–

(282)

Income tax benefit reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

(8,274)

2021 
$’000

(32,466)

(9,740)

1,397 

128 

912 

(3,326)

(1,138)

(1,106)

226 

(1,388)

(14,035)

Deferred tax at 30 June relates to the following:

Deferred tax liabilities

 Litigation investments – intangible assets

 Accrued interest & unrealised foreign exchange differences

 Property plant and equipment (right-of-use assets)

 Other

Gross deferred tax liabilities
Offsetting deferred tax assets

 Net operating losses

 Accruals and provisions

 Share based payments

 Leases

 Expenditure deductible for income tax over time

Gross deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax liabilities

Consolidated

Statement of  
Financial Position

Statement of  
Comprehensive Income

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

29,688 

–

1,171 

(39)

37,769 

12 

1,250 

–

8,081 

21,451 

12 

78 

39 

10 

175 

72 

30,820 

39,031 

8,210 

21,708 

355 

 – 

299 

222 

(338)

538 

30,282 

6,214 

6,856 

4,405 

71 

1,865 

19,411 

19,620 

(12,474)

(13,150)

(6,251)

(2,666)

8 

(1,596)

(22,979)

4,709 

(623)

 – 

(337)

(9,401)

63

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
Note 7: 

Income tax (continued) 

Deferred tax assets

 Accruals and provisions

 Intercompany

 Expenditure deductible for income tax over time

 Leases

 Share based payments

 Deferred tax assets - Foreign net operating losses

Deferred tax assets

Net deferred income tax

Movements in foreign exchange

Deferred tax expense

Consolidated

Statement of  
Financial Position

Statement of  
Comprehensive Income

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

8,686 

780 

4,301 

6,867 

1,118 

42,057 

63,809 

766 

(23)

971 

3,474 

1,359 

23,943 

30,490 

7,316 

725 

2,801 

2,330 

(97)

24,729 

37,804 

(603)

(78)

(529)

(1,063)

144 

6,615 

4,486 

23,035 

16,793 

(3,240)

19,795 

1,534

18,327 

Unrecognised temporary differences and tax losses
At 30 June 2022, the Group had $2.287 million (2021: $2.604 million) of unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to temporary 
differences and tax losses in its Canadian subsidiaries.

Deferred tax assets relating to Australian operations
The deferred tax assets balance includes $17.765 million (2021: $0.320 million) of assets relating to carried forward tax losses of the 
Omni Bridgeway Limited tax consolidated group at 30 June 2022.

It is probable that the OBL tax consolidated group will earn sufficient taxable income to utilise the losses as the Australian business 
has significant investments on balance sheet and through Fund 5 participation, which have a combined EPV of $1.499 billion. In 
addition, OBL is expected to receive distributions from Fund 2&3 and intra group income from the wider group.

Deferred tax assets relating to USA operations
The deferred tax assets balance includes $22.750 million (2021: $23.298 million) of assets relating to carried forward tax losses of 
Omni Bridgeway Holdings (USA) Inc. Under existing tax regulations, the losses incurred prior to the financial year ended 30 June 
2019 can be carried forward for 20 years and losses incurred thereafter can be carried forward indefinitely. The US business had a 
history of incurring tax losses before the year ended 30 June 2021. The losses have arisen primarily from the implementation of the 
expansion of the administrative base in the United States to support strategic growth initiatives that are, according to plan, yet to 
realise their full value. OBL has considered the utilisation of these tax losses within the expanded US business and has determined 
that, based on approved budgets and existing case matters, it is probable that the US tax group will earn sufficient taxable income 
to utilise the losses. Further, in assessing the utilisation of the tax losses, OBL considers there to be convincing other evidence to 
support the recoverability of these tax losses including:

(i) 

 The US business has been in an expansion and infrastructure growth phase. Additional costs have been incurred in the 
business related to the expansion of activity and changes in operations to a Fund management structure. Investments 
in people, systems and infrastructure have been made ahead of the expected investment activity of the Funds. 
Fund 1 commenced in 2017 and Fund 4 in 2019. Whilst Fund 1 is fully invested. Fund 4 (with an approved portfolio size 
of US$500 million of which the US business has a 20% interest) is commencing its investment commitment activity. With 
an average investment life of circa 2.5 years, a significant portion of the expected income is in future reporting periods. 
This income generation will be by way of both investment returns and fee revenues.

(ii)   The US business has raised substantial external capital over the past three years via its Fund structures. Fund 1 raised 

US$171.7 million (75% external commitments) and Fund 4 raised US$500 million (80% external commitments). The external 
capital raised is the foundation of the investing activity that enables the US business to grow and generate returns to realise 
future taxable income. OBL has access to more investment capital that at any time in its history. Fund 4 Series II which has 
further Fund commitments of USD 500 million is being considered by the institutional investors and may be launched in 
the near future.

64

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Income tax (continued)

Note 7: 
(iii)   There are 49 US investments with total EPV of $9.1 billion as at 30 June 2022. The US business historically has an 79% success 
rate, based on number of investments. The US business has historically had a return on invested capital (“ROIC”) (refer to 
Glossary) of 0.66x, including losses and excluding overheads. The growth in the Group’s investments together with the Group’s 
historical performance provides an indication of growth in future taxable income.

Deferred tax assets relating to Funds 2&3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Limited and Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Limited carried combined total deferred tax assets 
balances of $1.573 million at 30 June 2022 (2021: $5.892 million), the deferred tax assets balances were predominantly related to 
the loss of Asian and Europe, Middle East & Africa investments during this reporting period. The Funds are 99% committed with 
litigation investment that are expected to generate significant taxable income in their respective tax jurisdictions in the future.

Note 8:  Loss per share
Basic loss per share is calculated as net loss attributable to members of the Parent, adjusted to exclude any costs of servicing 
equity (other than dividends), divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, 
adjusted for any bonus element.

Diluted loss per share is calculated as net loss attributable to members of the Parent, adjusted for:

 – costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);
 – the after-tax effect of interest dividends associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognised; and
 – other non-discretionary changes in revenue or expenses during the period that would result from dilution of potential ordinary 

shares; 

 – divided by the weighted average number of shares and dilutive shares, adjusted for any bonus element.

At 30 June 2022, 15,929,183 performance rights (2021: 18,528,532) were on issue as detailed in Note 32. Upon meeting certain 
performance conditions over a three-year performance period, the vesting of each right will result in the issue of 1 ordinary share. 
The performance shares are contingently issuable and are not considered dilutive. 

The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic loss per share computation:

(a) Loss used in calculating loss per share

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

For basic and diluted loss per share

Total net loss attributable to equity holders of the Parent 

(45,645)

(25,451)

(b) Weighted average number of shares

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

265,850 

257,994 

Effect of dilution:

 Performance rights

 Variable deferred consideration - business combination shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

–

–

–

–

265,850 

257,994 

Variable deferred consideration – business combination and deferred consideration – business combination may be settled by the 
issue of fully paid ordinary shares in Omni Bridgeway Limited. Refer to Note 29 for details.

These shares have not been included for the following reasons:

 – Variable deferred consideration – business combination shares have not been included as their performance milestones for 

future tranches have yet to be met. 

 – Deferred consideration – business combination shares have not been included as shareholder approval is required.
 – In addition to the above, the inclusion of any of these shares would be considered anti-dilutive.

65

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
Note 8:  Loss per share (continued)
The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding includes performance rights granted under the Long-Term Incentive 
Plan are only included in diluted earnings per ordinary share where the performance hurdles are met as at period end and they do 
not have an anti-dilutive effect. 

There have been no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number 
of ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of these financial statements. 

Note 9:  Dividends paid and proposed by Omni Bridgeway Limited (the parent entity)

(a) Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid

Final dividend for 2021: nil cents per share (2020: 4.00 cents per share)

Interim dividend for 2022: nil cents per share (2021: nil cents per share)

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

–

–

–

2021 
$’000

10,139 

–

10,139 

The Directors have determined not to pay a final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2022. Omni Bridgeway Limited’s retained 
earnings are disclosed in Note 21.

The Company considers its capital management options in light of the cash position and performance of the Group at the time as 
well as the likely demand for cash over the ensuing 12-month period. In determining the appropriate mechanism to deliver returns 
to shareholders, the Board will consider both semi-annual dividends and share buy-backs. Relevant considerations include the 
source and nature of income and the prevailing share price relative to the intrinsic value and the franking credit balance.

The Company put in place a buy-back facility on 29 August 2022 and has a dividend reinvestment plan that shareholders may 
elect to participate in, and, on appropriate occasions, may arrange underwriting to reduce the impact a particular dividend might 
otherwise have on the Group’s cash resources. 

(b) Franking credit balance

The amount of franking credits for the subsequent financial year are:

– Franking account balance at the end of previous financial year at 30%

– Franking debits arising from the payment of the prior year's final dividend

Balance at 30 June

(c) Tax rates
The tax rate at which paid dividends have been franked is 30% (2021: 30%). 

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

5,905 

–

5,905 

10,250 

(4,345)

5,905 

66

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 10: Statement of cash flows reconciliation 

Reconciliation of net profit/loss after tax to net cash flows used in operations: 

Net (loss)/profit after tax

Adjustments for:

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

6,482 

(18,431)

  Net impact of the reclassification of litigation investments – intangible assets related 

to cash flows from investing activities

(115,628)

41,743

 Fair value adjustments to litigation investments – deferred consideration

 Fair value adjustments to financial liabilities

 Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

 Amortisation of contract costs

 Depreciation

 Share based payments

 Unrealised foreign exchange (gain)

Changes in assets and liabilities

 Increase/(Decrease) in receivables

 Increase in other current assets

 Decrease in other liabilities

 Increase in lease liabilities

 (Increase) in litigation investments - intangible assets

 Increase/(Decrease) in trade creditors and accruals

 Increase in provisions

 (Increase) in deferred tax assets and liabilities

 Increase in current income tax receivable/(payable)

 Increase in litigation investments - claims portfolio

 Increase in litigation investments - purchased claims

 Net cash used in operating activities

Disclosure of financing facilities
Refer to Notes 18, 19 and 28.

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
Refer to Notes 19 and 28.

(667)

(7,424)

5,650

939 

3,455 

13,966

(7,594)

66,913 

(5,911)

(20,579)

8,085 

(3,650)

20,944 

1,098 

–

(16,290)

1,559 

939 

3,119 

16,642 

5,868 

(96,575)

(4,406)

– 

– 

– 

(3,035)

9,669 

(22,657)

(15,613)

1,381 

(11,064)

(8,286)

(74,547)

– 

(5,423)

(17,691)

(97,925)

67

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report B. LITIGATION INVESTMENTS AND GOODWILL

Note 11:  Litigation investments - claims portfolio

(a) Recognition and measurement
Litigation investments - claims portfolio assets consist of the capitalised costs incurred to purchase, obtain or fulfill a contract with 
a customer. These contracts with customers involve a vendor-customer relationship established in the contract. They comprise the 
litigation enforcement and recovery investment contracts and certain merits-based funding contracts. 

Costs incurred to obtain a contract are only capitalised to the investment when it is expected that a contract will be executed, and 
where those costs will be recoverable. The Group recognises an asset for costs incurred to fulfill a contract if those costs relate 
directly to the contract, the costs generate or enhance resources of the Group to satisfy performance obligations in the future and 
the costs are expected to be recovered. All capitalised contract costs are amortised to the profit and loss on a systematic basis 
that follows delivery of performance obligations to the customer. The delivery of performance obligations to the customer on the 
contracts are aligned with each individual dollar of recovery to the customer.

The carrying value of the litigation investments - claims portfolio is measured at cost less amortisation and any impairment. 
At each reporting date an assessment is made on an individual investment by investment basis to determine if the carrying amount 
of a contract exceeds its recoverable amount. In order to determine the recoverable amount a cashflow model is used which 
includes forecast revenues and expenses, together with an estimate of directly attributable overheads to complete the contract. 
If the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount the difference is recognised as an impairment expense in the profit or loss.

Reconciliation of carrying amounts

Balance at 1 July1

Additions

Amortisation of carrying costs2

Impairment expense

Foreign currency adjustment

Balance at 30 June3

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

95,059 

20,749 

(5,650)

(197)

(3,838)

2021 
$’000

93,680 

9,618 

(1,559)

(3,565)

(3,115)

106,123 

95,059 

1 

2 

3 

Includes $64.541 million (2021: $66.758 million) of fair value adjustments from business combination in FY20.

Includes $2.414 million (2021: $0.004 million) of fair value adjustments from business combination in FY20.

Includes $59.558 million (2021: $64.541 million) of fair value adjustments from business combination in FY20.

Note 12: Litigation investments - purchased claims 

(a) Recognition and measurement
Litigation investments – purchased claims are litigation actions which have been acquired by the Group (except by business 
combination). They are classified as purchased credit-impaired financial assets which are initially recognised at fair value.

The credit-adjusted effective interest rate on these financial assets is calculated taking into account the initial lifetime expected 
credit loss in the estimated cash flows. In determining the lifetime expected credit losses for these financial assets, the Group has 
taken into account the financial position of the counterparties, the legal environment in which the enforcement occurs, historical 
default experience and considering various external sources of actual and forecast information, as appropriate.

Purchased claims are subsequently measured at amortised cost by applying the credit-adjusted effective interest rate. The Group 
recognises: 

i. 

ii. 

Interest income through the application of the credit-adjusted effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the purchased 
claims; and

Impairment losses and gains, when material, due to the changes in estimated lifetime expected credit losses. At each 
reporting period, the Group reviews the estimated cash flows from purchased claims on an investment by investment 
basis, estimating the expected recovery, its timing and any other cashflows that may be attributable to the counterparties. 
The net present value of the cashflows are then determined using the credit-adjusted effective interest rate and the value 
compared to the carrying value. Where there is a material gain, this gain is recognised by adjusting the gross carrying 
amount of the receivable. Where there is a material loss, it is recognised as an impairment provision.

68

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 12: Litigation investments - purchased claims (continued)

Reconciliation of carrying amounts

Balance at 1 July1

Interest revenue

Increases in carrying value (Note 15)

Carrying value disposed2

Impairment gain/(loss)

Foreign currency adjustment

Balance at 30 June3

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

38,754 

6,275 

8,447 

(5,637)

260 

(1,059)

47,040 

2021 
$’000

17,019 

8,137 

20,518 

(2,721)

(3,797)

(402)

38,754 

At 30 June 2022, the fair value of the litigation investments - purchased claims amounted to $47.040 million (2021: $38.754 million) 
and the gross contractual amount was $177.5 million (2021: $181.9 million). 

Net gain on disposal of litigation investments - purchased claims

Proceeds 

Carrying value disposed2

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

6,427 

(5,637)

790 

4,003 

(2,721)

1,282 

1 

2 

3 

Includes $2.936 million (2021: $3.037 million) of fair value adjustments from the business combination in FY20.

Includes $2.331 million (2021: $nil) of fair value adjustments from the business combination in FY20.

Includes $0.586 million (2021: $2.936 million) of fair value adjustments from the business combination in FY20.

Note 13:  Litigation investments – intangible assets 

(a) Recognition and measurement
Litigation investments involve funding provided to pursue an underlying litigation dispute that are not classified as purchased 
investments, claims portfolio or financial assets. They are recognised as intangible assets in the financial statements of the Group 
when they represent future economic benefits controlled by the Group. The Group is able to control the expected future economic 
benefit as the investment may be exchanged or sold. The litigation funding contract does not give rise to an unconditional right to 
receive cash. Rather, it provides the Group with a right to a share of litigation proceeds which may be in the form of cash or other 
non-financial assets. 

These litigation contracts are not considered contracts with customers as they are collaborative arrangements and there is no 
vendor-customer relationship established in the contract. 

Litigation investments – intangible assets are measured at cost on initial recognition. They are not amortised as the assets are not 
available for use until the determination of a judgment or settlement, withdrawal or sale, at which point the assets are realised 
through disposal.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset at the time and are recognised in the profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.

69

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 13:  Litigation investments – intangible assets (continued)
The following specific asset recognition and derecognition rules have been applied to litigation investments – intangible assets:

(i) Ongoing litigation
When the underlying litigation action is ongoing and pending a determination, the investments are carried at cost (subject to any 
provision for impairment). Initial and subsequent ongoing expenditure is capitalised when it meets all the following criteria:

(a)   the Group is able to demonstrate its ability to complete the litigation so that the asset will be available for use and the benefits 

embodied in the asset will be realised;

(b)   the Group retains control of the asset; 

(c)   the Group can demonstrate that it intends to complete the litigation;

(d)   the Group is able demonstrate the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the litigation; 

and

(e)   the Group can measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during the life of the litigation investments 

– intangible assets.

Impairment is considered in line with the policy described in (b) below.

(ii) Completion
Where the underlying litigation has been finally determined or a settlement has been agreed, such that there is not considered 
to be a significant risk of reversal, this constitutes a disposal transaction, the carrying cost is derecognised and a gain or loss 
on disposal of the intangible asset is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive income. Control of the intangible asset is 
considered to be transferred as follows: 

 – For judgments, typically after a judgment has been determined and the relevant appeal periods have expired; 
 – For settlements, typically when settlement agreement is reached and if relevant, court approval is obtained; and
 – For sales, typically when a binding agreement is executed.

(iii) Partial completion

Where litigation investments have been subject to a partial sale transaction, consideration has been agreed, such that there 
is not considered to be a significant risk of reversal and it is evident the litigation investment can be assessed at the respective 
percentage of interest level, this constitutes a disposal transaction and a gain or loss on disposal is recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income. 

Control of the partial intangible asset is considered to be transferred as follows: 
 – When the partial sale agreement is executed. Upon this date, the purchaser is considered to be able to direct the use of the 

interest and assume substantially all the remaining benefits of the interest.

(iv) Appeal/enforcement
If a funded client obtains an unsuccessful decision from the court, arbitration or tribunal and appeals against the judgment, where 
the investment and funding was undertaken by the Group with that as a central thesis, the investment may be considered to be 
ongoing with deployment capitalised to the investment. Where there was not such thesis, the investment is derecognised and 
future costs incurred in relation to the appeal are expensed as incurred.

If a funded client obtains a successful decision from the court, arbitration or tribunal and has to subsequently undertake 
enforcement activities, where the investment and funding was undertaken with that as a central thesis, the investment may be 
considered to be ongoing with a delivery of a partial service obligation requiring partial derecognition of the investment and 
income recognition. Where there was not such a thesis, the investment is derecognised, with a receivable recognised and any 
future costs incurred in relation to the enforcement appeal are expensed as incurred.

(v) Portfolio investments
Upon completion of an underlying litigation within a portfolio, a corresponding portion of the intangibles carrying value is 
derecognised. The difference between the disposal proceeds received and the derecognised carrying value is recognised as a 
net gain or loss in the profit and loss. The remainder of the portfolio continues to be carried at cost (subject to usual impairment 
considerations) until the earlier of either the full return to the Group is obtained or each case within the portfolio has completed. 

70

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 13:  Litigation investments – intangible assets (continued)

Reconciliation of carrying amounts 

Balance at 1 July

Additions - external funding costs

Additions - capitalised overheads

Derecognitions - external expenditure

Derecognitions - capitalised overheads

Net derecognition of purchase price adjustment arising from business combination

Impairment expense

Impairment expense – foreign currency movement

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

391,034 

91,829 

18,085 

(101,622)

(19,988)

(4,534)

2021 
$’000

517,230 

107,762 

19,206 

(87,243)

(18,374)

(197)

(11,726)

(113,299)

6,152

(74)

25,454 

(33,977)

394,684 

391,034 

The carrying value includes external costs such as solicitors’ fees, counsels’ fees and experts’ fees funded by the Group, the 
capitalisation of certain directly attributable internal costs of managing the litigation funding investment, such as certain direct 
salaries and wages, occupancy costs, other out of pocket expenses and the capitalisation of borrowing costs as described below. 
The capitalised salaries and wages in 2022 equated to approximately 14.6% of the Group’s total salary and wages expense 
(2021: 16.4%). The other internal capitalised expenses equated to approximately 52.2% of related overhead costs (2021: 43.6%).

The Group has determined that litigation investments – intangible assets meet the definition of qualifying assets and that all 
borrowing costs are eligible for capitalisation. The weighted average cost of borrowing was 6.9% (2021: 6.3%). 

The carrying value of litigation investments – intangible assets can be summarised as follows: 

External funding costs

Capitalised overheads

Gross carrying amount at cost

Accumulated impairment

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

472,310 

459,371 

75,399 

72,962 

547,709 

532,333 

(153,025)

(141,299)

394,684 

391,034 

(b) Impairment testing of litigation investments – intangible assets
Except for specific litigation investments – intangible assets that are subject to an unfavourable judgment or award, the 
recoverable amount of each of the litigation investments – intangible assets is determined based on a value in use calculation using 
cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management for the expected length of each investment. Litigation 
investments – intangible assets that are subject to an unfavourable judgment are impaired to their recoverable amount based on 
their estimated fair value less costs of disposal. 

The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections when determining the 
value in use of litigation investments – intangible assets:

 – The estimated cost to complete is budgeted based on estimates provided by the external legal advisors handling the litigation.
 – The value of the litigation is estimated based on a successful completion and the fees due to the Group under the litigation 

funding contract.

 – The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital and other 

factors relevant to the particular investment including country risk. The discount rate applied ranged between 10.9% and 12.0% 
for this reporting period (2021: between 11.7% and 15.9%).

71

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 13:  Litigation investments – intangible assets (continued)
At 30 June 2022, a provision for impairment has been recognised for $153,025,000 (2021: $141,299,000). The impairment 
comprised:

 – $59.240 million relating to the Westgem investment. A provision was raised in the prior period for the full carrying value of the 
investment at that time, including internal overheads. This reflected the first instance judgment in favour of the defendant. 
Whilst an appeal has been heard, no decision has been delivered. The investment has not been derecognised and the level of 
impairment will be continually assessed and may be reversed as appropriate pending developments in the future. 

 – $59.865 million relating to a Fund 4 investment. A provision was raised in the prior period for the full carrying value of the 

investment at that time, including internal overheads. This reflected the Summary Judgment against the claimant. The appeal 
decision against the summary judgement has been handed down against our client. Our client is considering a further appeal. 
The investment has not been derecognised and the level of impairment will be continually assessed and may be reversed as 
appropriate pending developments in the future.

 – $8.853 million relating to a Fund 1 investment. A provision was raised during the year for the full carrying value of the 

investment, including internal overheads. This reflected an unfavourable judgment for which the claimant is assessing further 
course of action. The investment has not been derecognised and the level of impairment will be continually assessed and may 
be reversed as appropriate pending developments in the future. 

 – The remainder of the impairment, $25.068 million at 30 June 2022 (2021: $28.388 million) relates to 27 investments (2021: 42) 

across the remainder of the portfolio, the majority of which are not individually material.

 – The $11.726 million net movement in the period reflects: $18.463 million of new impairments; the net impact of investment 

completions and the asset derecognised; and foreign exchange variance.

For new or increased impairments, during the impairment review, management have determined that either a successful outcome 
for the investment was no longer likely to occur or that the likely outcome would not recover the current carrying value of the 
investment. The discount rate used in the impairment assessment of these assets was 11.5%. After taking into account the 
impairment, at 30 June 2022, the 30 investments have a combined carrying value of $12.427 million. This amount reflects the net 
recoverable amount expected to be received from the investments.

Note 14: Litigation investments – financial assets

(a) Recognition and measurement
Litigation investments – financial assets represent the Group’s investments made into Managed Investment Schemes (“MISs”) 
relating to Australian class action litigations. 

Omni Bridgeway Managed Investments Limited (AFSL 524023), which is part of the consolidated Group, is the responsible entity of 
each MIS.

At 30 June 2022, there were nine separate investments into MISs as follows: “The Prawn White Spot Litigation Funding Scheme” 
(ARSN 647 887 027); “The Certain Underwriters at Lloyds Group Litigation Funding Scheme” (ARSN 647 497 229); “Spring 
Farm Litigation Funding Scheme” (ARSN 649 089 912); “Freedom Foods Group Litigation Funding Scheme” (ARSN 646 754 
378); “The Lloyds BII Claim Litigation Funding Scheme” (ARSN 650 744 228); “The QBE BII Claim Litigation Funding Scheme” 
(ARSN 650 744 415); “The Scenic tours Litigation Funding Scheme” (ARSN 649 659 094); “The Business Interruption Hollards 
Litigation Funding Scheme” (ARSN 653 963 369); and “The Mesoblast Shareholder Litigation Funding Scheme” (ARSN 656 647 586).

On 17 June 2022, the Full Federal Court determined that funded litigation schemes are generally not technically MISs under the 
Australian Corporation Law. This does not effect the carrying value, viability, prospect or accounting treatment for the Group.

These investments are within Fund 5 and accordingly the Group participates in these investments via its’ 20% participation; the 
MISs are not consolidated within the Group. 

The investments are classified as financial assets at fair value through the profit or loss. The investments are initially recognised 
at fair value plus any attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured at fair value at each reporting date. The 
determination of the fair value is designated as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Management judgment is required when 
calculating the fair value of the investments. Level 3 inputs are used in the fair value calculation and estimation of fair value is 
inherently uncertain.

Typically the fair value of investments are equivalent to the Group’s deployed capital on the investment, being the Group’s share 
of funded costs of the litigation plus any associated other funded costs of the MIS, until there is some material objective positive 
or negative event in the underlying litigation that would cause a change in value.

72

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 14: Litigation investments – financial assets (continued)

(b) Reconciliation of carrying amounts
The following table reconciles the movements in recurring fair value measurements categorised within level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy:

Balance at 1 July

Additions

Disposals

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

389 

2,791 

(109)

3,071 

2021 
$’000

 – 

389 

 – 

389 

Note 15:  Litigation investments – deferred consideration

(a) Recognition and measurement
Variable consideration relating to litigation investments - purchased claims is initially measured at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The determination of the fair value is designated as level 3 in 
the fair value hierarchy.

(b) Reconciliation of carrying amounts 
The following table reconciles the movements in recurring fair value measurements categorised within level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy:

Balance at 1 July

Increase in carrying value (Note 12)

Interest expense

Valuation remeasurement recognised through profit and loss

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June

Current

Non-current

Note 16: Goodwill

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

14,376 

8,447 

800 

(667)

(1,084)

21,872 

21,872 

 – 

2021 
$’000

 – 

13,129 

1,247 

 – 

 – 

14,376 

5,070 

9,306 

21,872 

14,376 

(a) Recognition and measurement
Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount 
recognised for non-controlling interests and any previous interest held over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed). Goodwill is subsequently measured at cost less any impairment.

Goodwill arose on the acquisition of Omni Bridgeway Holding B.V. and its subsidiaries (collectively known as the OBE Group) 
accounted for as a business combination. For impairment purposes, Goodwill has been solely allocated to the OBE Group and 
income generated by the OBE Group. The Group performs its annual impairment test on the goodwill associated with the OBE 
Group at 30 June each year. 

73

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 16: Goodwill (continued)
The impairment test performed on the OBE Group goodwill is done via a value-in-use calculation using the following inputs: 

i.  Cashflows generated over a 5-year period from the OBE Group’s annual budget. The annual budget includes an estimation 

for all cashflows from operations of the OBE Group, including returns from investments and payments of overheads. The 
budget cashflows are sensitive to the timing and amount of investment completions. The investment completions refer 
to income earned from claims portfolio, purchased claims and intangible assets – litigation contracts in progress. The 
timing of completion and amount of investment income are based on the relevant investment manager’s best estimates 
during the Group’s annual budget process and are reviewed internally by management. The cashflows from investment 
completions have a compound annual growth rate of 38.3% (2021: 24.7%) over the cash flow period. This is reflective of the 
management’s estimate of the OBE Group’s expected future growth in business activity.

ii.  Discount rate of 18.4% (2021: 14.2%). The discount rate represents the current assessment of the risks specific to OBE 

Group CGU, taking into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying OBE Group investment 
that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates. The discount rate was arrived using the OBL’s weighted average 
cost of capital (“WACC”) as a starting base.

No reasonably possible change in key assumption would result in the carrying amount of the CGU exceeding its recoverable 
amount.

Reconciliation of carrying amounts

Balance at 1 July

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June

C. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

99,645 

103,072 

(4,078)

95,567 

(3,427)

99,645 

Note 17:  Financial risk management
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and short-term deposits, purchased claims, receivables, payables, debt 
securities (bonds and fixed rate notes), lease liabilities, deferred consideration and variable deferred consideration.

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate risk and currency risk in accordance with the Group’s 
financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets whilst 
protecting its future financial security. Subsequent to year end, on 8 July 2022, Group fully repaid and redeemed all of its debt 
securities (bonds and fixed rate notes) from the proceeds of debt drawn down from a debt facility in the form of a Senior Facility 
Agreement, entered into on 5 May 2022. Refer to Note 38. 

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and liquidity 
risk. The Group uses different methods to measure and manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. These include 
monitoring levels of exposure to interest rates and currencies and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign 
currencies. Aging analyses and monitoring of specific credit allowances are undertaken to manage credit risk. Liquidity risk is 
monitored through the development of future rolling cash flow forecasts.

Risk exposures and responses

Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to: 

 – the Group’s cash holdings with a floating interest rate; and
 – the Group has a $76.000 million variable rate bond debt outstanding as at 30 June 2022. These Omni Bridgeway Bonds require 

that the Group make a quarterly coupon payment based on the Bank Bill Rate plus a fixed margin of 5.20% per annum.

74

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 17:  Financial risk management (continued)
At reporting date the Group had the following financial instruments exposed mainly to Australian variable interest rate risk: 

Financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

Net exposure

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

158,966

142,648 

(76,000)

(75,290)

82,966 

67,358 

The Group regularly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis, consideration is given to expected interest rate 
movements and the Group’s future cash requirements, potential renewals of existing positions, alternative financing available, and 
the mix of fixed and variable interest rates. 

The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate risk exposures in existence at the reporting date.

At 30 June 2022, if interest rates had moved with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit and equity would have been 
affected as follows: 

+1.00% (100 basis points) (2021: +0.10%)

-1.00% (100 basis points) (2021: -0.10%)

Post Tax Profit
Higher/(Lower)

Equity
Higher/(Lower)

2022
$’000

581 

(581)

2021
$’000

47 

(47)

2022
$’000

581 

(581)

2021
$’000

47 

(47)

Credit risk
Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprises cash and cash equivalents, purchased claims 
and receivables from litigation contracts and other. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from potential default of the 
counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at reporting date is 
addressed in each applicable note. Apart from ratings on cash held and litigation contract receivables, as detailed below, the 
remainder of the Group’s receivables typically do not carry a credit risk rating from a ratings agency.

To mitigate credit risk on litigation contract receivables the Group assesses the defendants in the investments funded by the 
Group prior to entering into any agreement to provide funding and continues this assessment during the course of funding. 
Wherever possible, the Group ensures that security for settlement sums is provided, usually with the settlement funds placed into 
solicitors’ trust accounts. As at 30 June 2022, there are $52.6m worth of funds within solicitor’s trust accounts and $7.3m worth 
of assets that are currently controlled by liquidators relating to receivables. The Group’s continual monitoring of the defendants’ 
financial capacity mitigates this risk. At 30 June 2022, there were no litigation contract receivables that were due to be paid by the 
AAA rated government (2021: $nil).

To mitigate credit risk on purchased claims, the Group assesses the defendants in the investments funded by the Group prior to 
purchasing the claim. The Group’s continual monitoring of the defendants’ financial capacity mitigates this risk.

To mitigate credit risk on cash and cash equivalents, the Group holds over 92% (2021: 91%) of its cash with Australian and American 
AA rated banks.

Refer to each financial asset’s respective note for information on how impairment and credit loss is determined.

Liquidity risk
The liquidity position of the Group is managed to ensure sufficient liquid funds are available to meet the Group’s expected financial 
commitments in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Management continually reviews the Group’s liquidity position, including the preparation of cash flow forecasts, to determine 
the forecast liquidity position and to maintain appropriate liquidity levels. All financial liabilities of the Group, except the Omni 
Bridgeway Bonds, Fixed Rate Notes, consideration liabilities and non-current lease liabilities, are current and payable within 
30 days. 

75

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
Note 17:  Financial risk management (continued)
The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual maturity on an undiscounted basis are set out below. In 
accordance with the announcement of 3 June 2022, subsequent to year end, on 8 July 2022, the Group fully repaid and redeemed 
all of the debt securities (bonds and fixed rate notes) that existed at year-end, from the proceeds of debt drawn down from a new 
debt facility in the form of a Senior Facility Agreement that was entered into on 5 May 2022. This repayment included an early 
redemption fee. Refer to Note 38.

Current

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

Non-Current

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

2022

Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bonds and Notes - principal

Bonds and Notes - interest

Lease liabilities

Litigation investments - deferred consideration

Deferred and variable deferred consideration - 
business combinations

2021

Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bonds and Notes - principal

Bonds and Notes - interest

Lease liabilities

Litigation investments - deferred consideration

Deferred and variable deferred consideration - 
business combinations

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

76,000 

72,000 

148,000 

–

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

75,290 

70,232 

145,522 

< 6 months
$’000

6-12 months
$’000

1-5 years
$’000

>5 years
$’000

Total
$’000

41,953 

148,000 

1,519 

1,377

12,406 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,377

9,466 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

6,932

4,241

 – 

 – 

 – 

41,953 

148,000 

1,519 

13,928

21,872 

45,729 

29,161 

 – 

234,416 

10,844 

16,568 

23,500 

21,009 

 – 

3,645 

1,437 

 – 

14,647 

40,738 

 – 

 – 

2,118 

1,437 

5,070 

 – 

148,000 

14,355 

6,339 

9,306 

 – 

51,669 

8,625 

229,669 

4,241 

273,001 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

21,009 

148,000 

20,118 

9,213 

14,376 

66,316 

279,032 

Equity price risk
The fair value of the deferred and variable deferred consideration – business combination for the acquisition of the OBE Group 
(refer to Note 20 and 29) is exposed to changes in the Company’s share price. There is no hedging or policies in place to mitigate 
the changes in share price. Refer to Fair Value section below for sensitivity analysis of this risk.

76

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17:  Financial risk management (continued)

Fair value
The methods for estimating fair value are outlined in the relevant notes to the financial statements. The carrying amounts of 
financial assets and liabilities of the Group carried at amortised cost approximate their fair values, except for the Omni Bridgeway 
Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes. The Omni Bridgeway Bonds fair value has been determined using the quoted market price at 
30 June 2022, and the Fixed Rate Notes fair value has been determined using the price from FIIG, a privately-owned corporate 
bonds and government bonds specialist.

For the purposes of disclosure, the fair value measurements used for the Bonds are level 1 on the fair value hierarchy and the 
Notes level 3. Level 3 inputs were used for all other assets and liabilities below to determine that the carrying value approximates 
fair value.

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Carrying Value

Fair Value

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

164,392 

231,305 

164,392 

231,305 

Litigation investments - purchased claims

47,040 

38,754 

47,040 

38,754 

Litigation investments - financial assets

Security deposits

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Omni Bridgeway bonds

Fixed rate notes

Deferred consideration - business combination

Variable deferred consideration - business combination

Variable consideration - litigation investments - purchased claims

3,071 

2,848 

389 

10,238 

3,071 

2,848 

389 

10,238 

217,351 

280,686 

217,351 

280,686 

41,953 

76,000 

72,000 

15,491 

30,238 

21,872 

21,009 

75,290 

70,232 

17,783 

48,533 

14,376 

41,953

76,494

73,146

15,491 

30,238 

21,872 

21,009 

76,760 

73,690 

17,783 

48,533 

14,376 

257,554 

247,223 

259,194 

252,151 

77

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 17:  Financial risk management (continued)

Description of significant inputs to valuation of deferred and variable deferred consideration – business combination
The significant inputs and assumptions used in the fair value measurements of deferred and variable deferred consideration – 
business combination, categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, together with a quantitative sensitivity analysis at 
30 June 2022 are shown below:

Range  
(weighted average)

Sensitivity of the input to fair value

Item

Variable deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

Valuation 
technique

Black Scholes 
Option Pricing 
Model

Significant  
unobservable 
inputs

Exercise price

Volatility

Theoretical exercise 
price based on the 
floor price of $3.407

40% at 30 June 2022 
and 40% at  
30 June 2021

At 30 June 2022: 
An absolute 5% increase in the volatility 
would result in a $487,000 increase in 
the value of the liability. An absolute 5% 
decrease in the volatility would result in 
a $487,000 decrease in the value of the 
liability.

At 30 June 2021: 
An absolute 5% increase in the volatility would 
result in a $879,000 increase in the value of 
the liability. An absolute 5% decrease in the 
volatility would result in a $885,000 decrease 
in the value of the liability.

At 30 June 2022: 
A relative 5% increase in the share price 
would result in a $875,000 increase in 
the value of the liability. A relative 5% 
decrease in the share price would result 
in a $803,000 decrease in the value of the 
liability.

At 30 June 2021: 
A relative 5% increase in the share price would 
result in a $1,462,000 increase in the value of 
the liability. A relative 5% decrease in the share 
price would result in a $1,359,000 decrease in 
the value of the liability.

At 30 June 2022: 
An absolute 1% increase in dividend yield 
would result in a $160,000 decrease in 
the value of the liability. An absolute 1% 
decrease in dividend yield would result in a  
$164,000 increase in the value of the 
liability. 

At 30 June 2021: 
An absolute 1% increase in dividend yield 
would result in a $312,000 decrease in the 
value of the liability. An absolute 1% decrease 
in dividend yield would result in a  
$332,000 increase in the value of the liability.

Underlying  
share price

$3.55 at 30 June 
2022 and $3.75 at  
30 June 2021

Dividend yield

At 30 June 2022:  
0% for 8-Nov-22 
payment 2% for 
8-Nov-23 payment 
2% for 8-Nov-24 
payment

At 30 June 2021: 
0% for 8-Nov-21 
payment 2% for 
8-Nov-22 payment 
2% for 8-Nov-23 
payment 2% for 
8-Nov-24 payment

78

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 17:  Financial risk management (continued)

Item

Valuation 
technique

Significant  
unobservable 
inputs

Risk free rate

FX forward rate  
(AUD/EUR)

Range  
(weighted average)

At 30 June 2022: 
1.94% for 8-Nov-22 
payment 2.95% for 
8-Nov-23 payment 
3.02% for 8-Nov-24 
payment 

At 30 June 2021: 
0.01% for 8-Nov-21 
payment 0.02% for 
8-Nov-22 payment 
0.09% for 8-Nov-23 
payment 0.34% for 
8-Nov-24 payment

At 30 June 2022: 
8-Nov-22: 1.53 
8-Nov-23: 1.58 
8-Nov-24: 1.62 

At 30 June 2021: 
8-Nov-21: 1.58 
8-Nov-22: 1.59 
8-Nov-23: 1.60 
8-Nov-24: 1.63

Deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

Black Scholes 
Option Pricing 
Model

Exercise price

Volatility

Theoretical exercise 
price based on the 
floor price of $3.407

40% at 30 June 2022 
and 40% at  
30 June 2021

Sensitivity of the input to fair value

At 30 June 2022: 
An absolute 0.5% increase in risk free rate 
would result in a $77,000 decrease in the  
value of the liability. An absolute 0.5% 
decrease in risk free rate would result 
in a $79,000 increase in the value of the 
liability. 

30 June 2022: 
A relative 5% increase in the forward 
exchange rates would result in a $1,489,000 
increase the value of the liability. A relative 
5% decrease in the forward exchange rate 
would result in a $1,489,000 decrease in 
the value of the liability. 

30 June 2021: 
A relative 5% increase in the forward exchange 
rates would result in a $2,403,000 increase 
the value of the liability. A relative 5% decrease 
in the forward exchange rate would result 
in a $2,403,000 decrease in the value of the 
liability.

At 30 June 2022: 
An absolute 5% increase in the volatility 
would result in a $167,000 increase in 
the value of the liability. An absolute 5% 
decrease in the volatility would result in 
a $163,000 decrease in the value of the 
liability. 

At 30 June 2021: 
An absolute 5% increase in the volatility would 
result in a $334,000 increase in the value of 
the liability. An absolute 5% decrease in the 
volatility would result in a $334,000 decrease 
in the value of the liability.

79

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 17:  Financial risk management (continued)

Item

Valuation 
technique

Significant  
unobservable 
inputs

Underlying  
share price

Range  
(weighted average)

$3.55 at 30 June 
2022 and $3.75 at  
30 June 2021

Dividend yield

0% at 30 June 2022 
and 2% at  
30 June 2021

Risk free rate

1.94% at 30 June 
2022 and 0.02% at  
30 June 2021

FX forward rate  
(AUD/EUR)

1.53 at 30 June 2022 
and 1.59 at  
30 June 2021

Sensitivity of the input to fair value

At 30 June 2022: 
An absolute 5% increase in the share price 
would result in a $480,000 increase in 
the value of the liability. An absolute 5% 
decrease in the share price would result 
in a $419,000 decrease in the value of the 
liability. 

At 30 June 2021: 
An absolute 5% increase in the share price 
would result in a $525,000 increase in the 
value of the liability. An absolute 5% decrease 
in the share price would result in a  
$491,000 decrease in the value of the liability.

At 30 June 2022: 
An absolute 1% increase in dividend yield 
would result in a $nil decrease in the value 
of the liability. An absolute 1% decrease 
in dividend yield would result in a $nil 
increase in the value of the liability. 

At 30 June 2021: An absolute 1% increase 
in dividend yield would result in a $97,000 
decrease in the value of the liability. An 
absolute 1% decrease in dividend yield would 
result in a $102,000 increase in the value of 
the liability.

At 30 June 2022: 
An absolute 0.5% increase inrisk free rate 
would result in a $12,000 decrease in the 
value of the liability. An absolute 0.5% 
decrease in risk free rate would result 
in a $12,000 increase in the value of the 
liability. 

At 30 June 2022: 
relative 5% increase in the forward 
exchange rates would result in a $775,000 
increase the value of the liability. A relative 
5% decrease in the forward exchange rate 
would result in a $775,000 decrease in the 
value of the liability. 

At 30 June 2021: 
relative 5% increase in the forward exchange 
rates would result in a $889,000 increase the 
value of the liability. A relative 5% decrease in 
the forward exchange rate would result in a 
$889,000 decrease in the value of the liability. 

Foreign currency risk 
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with 
respect to the US dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities denominated 
in a currency that is not the functional currency in which they are measured. The risk is monitored using sensitivity analysis and cash 
flow forecasting. The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange translation risk arising from its foreign operations. The Group’s 
investments in its subsidiaries are not hedged as those currency positions are considered to be long term in nature. In addition, 
the parent entity has intercompany receivables from its subsidiaries denominated in Australian Dollars which are eliminated on 
consolidation. The gains or losses on re-measurement of these intercompany receivables from foreign currencies to Australian Dollars 
are not eliminated on consolidation as the loans are not considered to be part of the net investment in the subsidiary.

80

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 17:  Financial risk management (continued)
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at 30 June were as follows: 

AUD
$’000

USD
$’000

GBP 
$’000

EUR 
$’000

SGD 
$’000

CAD 
$’000

HKD 
$’000

CHF 
$’000

AED 
$’000

JPY 
$’000

NZD 
$’000

NOK 
$’000

ZAR 
$’000

 – 

9,963 

306 

996 

303 

 –  9,820 

27 

102 

41 

 – 

6,516  6,000  5,052 

 –  14,725 

– 43,141

(705)

 – 

(2,956)

 – 

 – 

 – 

Total assets

– 59,620

5,601  6,048 

(2,653) 14,725  9,820 

 – 

 – 

27 

 – 

 – 

102 

 – 

 – 

41 

 – 

 – 

4 

4 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,897

279

15

301

2

207

88

–

34

(34)

35 

31 

557 

45,729 

 – 

Total liabilities 48,626

279

 – 

15

 – 

301

 – 

2

 – 

207

 – 

88

 – 

24 

 – 

34 

 – 

(34)

 – 

35 

 – 

31 

 – 

557 

AUD
$’000

USD
$’000

GBP
$’000

EUR
$’000

SGD
$’000

CAD
$’000

HKD
$’000

CHF
$’000

AED
$’000

JPY 
$’000

NZD 
$’000

NOK 
$’000

ZAR
$’000

 –  14,676 

270 

1,196 

63 

76 

9,257 

53 

38 

55 

 –  10,071 

 – 

108 

 –  16,533 

 –  30,194 

(644)

 – 

(1,661)

 – 

 – 

 – 

Total assets

 –  54,941 

(374)

1,304 

(1,598) 16,609 

9,257 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

53 

 – 

38 

 – 

55 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

80 

919 

167 

319 

1 

48 

97 

3 

4 

(34)

 – 

 – 

–

2022

Financial 
Assets

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Trade 
receivables

Intercompany 
loan receivable

Financial 
Liabilities

Trade 
Payables

Deferred 
and variable 
deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

2021

Financial 
Assets

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Trade 
receivables

Intercompany 
loan receivable

Financial 
Liabilities

Trade 
Payables

Deferred 
and variable 
deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

66,315 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Total liabilities

66,395 

919 

167 

319 

 – 

1 

 – 

48 

 – 

97 

 – 

3 

 – 

4 

 – 

(34)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

1 

 Receivables includes the intercompany loan receivable that Omni Bridgeway Limited has with Omni Bridgeway Holdings (USA) Inc (USD), Omni Bridgeway 
Capital (Canada) Limited (CAD) and Omni Bridgeway (Singapore) Pte Limited (SGD).

81

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17:  Financial risk management (continued)
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk on cash and cash equivalents primarily relates to foreign cash holdings within the 
parent entity. The USD foreign currency risk for receivables is predominately due to the Group’s Euro denominated subsidiaries 
which have USD receivables. The AUD foreign currency risk for deferred and variable deferred consideration is due to Omni 
Bridgeway (Storm) Holdings BV’s acquisition of the OBE Group and its requirement to deliver AUD denominated shares in the 
Company.

Sensitivity
The following table summarises the sensitivity of financial instruments held at balance date to movement in the exchange rate 
of the subsidiary’s functional currency to the listed currencies, with all other variables held constant. The sensitivity is based on 
management’s estimate of reasonably possible changes over the financial year. 

AUD

USD

GBP

EUR

SGD

CAD

HKD

CHF

AED

JPY

NZD

NOK

ZAR

Impact on profit or loss before tax ($’000)

30 June 
2022

30 June 
2021

+10% 4,528 

(8,632)

(985)

(873)

277 (1,638)

(180)

(4)

 -10% (4,528) 8,632 

985 

873

(277) 1,638

180

4

 +10% 6,584 

(7,191)

100 

(156)

158 

(1,779)

(157)

(7)

 -10% (6,584)

7,191 

(100)

156 

(158) 1,779 

157 

7 

(3)

3 

(1)

1 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3 

(3)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5 

(5)

 – 

 – 

Note 18: Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of Financial Position and Statement of Cash Flows comprise cash at bank and on hand, 
and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash on 
hand and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Cash at bank

Short-term deposits

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

124,755 

34,211 

2021 
$’000

88,107 

54,541 

158,966 

142,648 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents 
represent fair value. Of the cash at bank, $1,686,000 (2021: $1,313,000) is restricted as it is cash received for unearned revenue or 
is held within Stichting vehicles on behalf of customers. The Stichting vehicles were founded as a separate, independent foundation 
to ensure the cash flows related to the claims were secured. 

Short-term deposits are made for varying periods depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group. At 30 June 2022, 
all short-term deposits are due to mature in less than 90 days from inception and earn interest at the respective short-term 
deposit rates.

Bank Guarantees
Bank guarantees have been issued by the Group’s bankers as security for leases over premises. At 30 June 2022, guarantees of 
$2,355,000 were outstanding (2021: $1,163,000). The Group has a total guarantee facility limit of $2,472,000 (2021: $1,432,000) that 
is secured by an offset arrangement with deposits of $1,672,000 (2021: $1,632,000).

82

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 19: Debt securities
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs.

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method.

The borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for 
at least 12 months after the balance date. In accordance with the announcement of 3 June 2022, subsequent to year end, on 8 July 
2022, the Group fully repaid and redeemed all of the debt securities (bonds and fixed rate notes) that existed at year-end, from the 
proceeds of debt drawn down from a new debt facility in the form of a Senior Facility Agreement that was entered on 5 May 2022. 
Refer to Note 38.

Current

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

Non-Current

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

Cash and non-cash movements in debt securities are shown below:

Balance at 1 July

Amortisation of costs of issuing debt

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

76,000 

72,000 

148,000 

–

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

75,290 

70,232 

145,522 

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

145,522 

143,784 

2,478 

1,738 

148,000 

145,522 

At 30 June 2022, there were 760,000 Bonds on issue with a face value of $100 each. The Omni Bridgeway Bonds have a 
variable rate of interest based on the Bank Bill rate plus a fixed margin of 4.20% per annum, paid quarterly. The maturity date 
is 22 December 2022, with a first issuer call date of 8 January 2022. An increase in the margin of 1.0% applied from 1 January 
2022 to the maturity date. 

83

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 19: Debt securities (continued)
On 20 December 2019, the Company refinanced its Fixed Rate Notes by early redemption of the existing notes by payment of 101% 
of the outstanding principal and accrued interest to the date of redemption. Of the notes on issue, 34,284 notes were redeemed 
and new notes issued to new noteholders and 37,716 notes were exchanged for new notes. The interest rate payable to new 
Noteholders is 5.65% per annum payable quarterly. The Fixed Rate Notes are due to mature on 8 January 2026 and are secured by 
a security interest over all present and after-acquired property of the Group.

The application of AASB 123 Borrowing Costs (revised 2007) has resulted in the capitalisation of $10.182 million (2021: $8.961 million) 
during the current financial year as part of the litigation investments which are deemed to be qualifying assets post the application 
date of AASB 123 (revised) on 1 July 2009 (refer to Note 13). Borrowing costs relating to Bonds and Notes have been fully amortised 
at 30 June 2022 to reflect the early redemption of Bonds and Notes. 

In relation to the debt securities held by the Group, there were no breaches in covenants. The following ratios are applicable to the 
Group for the financial year: 

Gearing ratio1 

Working capital ratio2 

Interest cover3

Consolidated

2022

45%

1.06

N/A

2021

40%

4.86

N/A

1 

2 

3 

 The gearing ratio is calculated as total liabilities over total equity in accordance with CO 14/1276. It is categorised as non-IFRS information prepared in 
accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing non-IFRS financial information, issued in December 2011. 

 The working capital ratio is calculated as current assets over current liabilities in accordance with CO 14/1276. It is categorised as non-IFRS information 
prepared in accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing non-IFRS financial information, issued in December 2011.

 The interest cover ratio is calculated as EBITDA over net interest expense in accordance with CO 14/1276. It is not applicable as interest is capitalised on 
qualifying assets.

In accordance with the financial covenants required per OBL Bonds Trust Deed and OBL Note Trust Deed, the current resources of 
the Issuer Group at 30 June 2022 was $165.364 million (2021: $233.002 million) which comprised:

Cash at bank

Receivables

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

92,141 

98,664 

73,223 

134,338 

165,364 

233,002 

In accordance with clause 4.3(a)(ii)(C) of Schedule 2 of the OBL Bond Trust Deed and in accordance with clause 5.2(a)(iii) of the OBL 
OTC Notes, no wholly owned subsidiary held cash on its balance sheet in an amount which at any time exceeds the subsidiary cash 
limit at that time for a period of more than 30 consecutive calendar days, unless the relevant wholly owned subsidiary has provided 
an unconditional guarantee of all amounts owing on the bonds then outstanding in favour of the Trustee.

84

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 20: Contributed equity

(a)  Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issued and paid up capital is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received by 
the Company. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net 
of tax, from the proceeds. 

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and the right to dividends.

Contributed equity

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares

Movement in ordinary shares

At 1 July 2020

Shares issued during the year (deferred and variable deferred consideration - 
business combination) (Note 29)

Shares issued upon exercise of performance rights (Note 32)

Shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

At 30 June 2021

Shares issued during the year (deferred and variable deferred consideration - 
business combination) (Note 29)

Shares issued upon exercise of performance rights (Note 32)

At 30 June 2022

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

406,963 

389,501 

Number  
’000

$’000

249,865 

347,630 

8,120 

33,537 

3,604 

591 

6,064 

2,270 

262,180 

389,501 

3,659 

10,940 

2,800 

6,522 

268,639 

406,963 

(b) Performance rights
At 30 June 2022, there were 15,929,183 unissued ordinary shares in respect of which share performance rights were outstanding 
(2021: 18,528,532). Refer to Note 32. 

(c) Variable deferred consideration shares
ASX has granted the Company a waiver from Listing Rule 7.3.4 on 31 December 2019, to permit the Company to seek Shareholder 
approval for the issue of the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares in respect of the Variable Deferred Consideration later than 
3 months from the date of the Meeting but no later than 60 months after the date of Completion (ASX Waiver). The ASX Waiver 
was granted subject to the following conditions:

(i) 

the Annual Targets not being varied;

(ii)   the maximum number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares to be issued is calculated based upon the Minimum Deemed 

Issue Price and is stated in the Notice, along with adequate details regarding potential dilution; 

(iii)   for any annual reporting during which any of the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares have been issued or any of them 
remain to be issued, the Company’s annual report sets out in detail the number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares 
issued in that annual reporting period, the number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares that remain to be issued and 
the basis on which the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares may be issued;

(iv)   in any half year or quarterly report for a period during which any of the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares have 

been issued or remain to be issued, the Company must include a summary statement of the number of Variable Deferred 
Consideration Shares issued during the reporting period, the number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares that remain 
to be issued and the basis on which the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares may be issued; and

(v)   the notice of shareholder meeting contains the full terms and conditions of the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares and 

the conditions of the Waiver.

85

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
Note 20: Contributed equity (continued)
During the year, the following number of shares were issued in settlement of this obligation: 

Maximum approved as permissible to issue

Previously issued

Issued during the year

Total issued

Remaining shares to be issued

2022 
$’000

17,329 

(8,120)

(3,659)

(11,779)

5,550 

2021 
$’000

17,329 

 – 

(8,120)

(8,120)

9,209 

(d) Capital management
Capital includes bonds, notes, lease liabilities and equity attributable to the equity holders of the Parent. When managing capital, 
management’s objective is to ensure the Group continues as a going concern while maintaining optimal returns to shareholders 
and benefits for other stakeholders. Management also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital 
available to the Group.

The Group’s earnings often vary dramatically, and this is expected to continue in future. Management’s policy is to pay dividends to 
shareholders from earnings where there is capital surplus to the needs of the business. 

The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. Omni Bridgeway Limited’s accumulated losses/retained 
earnings are disclosed in Note 33.

Note 21:  Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) and reserves

Movements in retained earnings/(accumulated losses) were as follows: 

Balance at 1 July

Net loss for the year

Dividend paid

Balance at 30 June

(a) Movements in reserves were as follows: 

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

(42,187)

(45,645)

–

(87,832)

2021 
$’000

(6,597)

(25,451)

(10,139)

(42,187)

Share based 
payment 
reserve
$’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
$’000

Option 
premium 
reserve
$’000

Convertible 
note reserve
$’000

Fund equity 
reserve
$’000

Total  
reserves
$’000

23,918 

4,409 

(11,408)

(16,997)

3,404 

3,832 

(24,778)

(5,032)

 – 

 – 

2,179 

(10,409)

Balance at 1 July 2020

Movements in reserves during 
the year

Balance at 30 June 2021

28,327 

(28,405)

3,404 

3,832 

(22,599)

3,946 

8,599 

 – 

 – 

12,655 

(15,441)

25,200 

32,273 

(19,806)

3,404 

3,832 

(9,944)

9,759 

Movements in reserves during 
the year

Balance at 30 June 2022

86

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 21:  Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) and reserves (continued)

(b) Nature and purpose of reserves

i.  Share-based payment reserve

 The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to 
employees, including key management personnel as part of their remuneration. Refer to Note 32 for further details of this plan.

ii.  Foreign currency translation reserve

This reserve is used to record differences on the translation of the assets and liabilities of foreign operations.

iii.  Option premium reserve

 This reserve is used to record the value of equity benefits provided to employees and directors, including Key Management 
Personnel, as part of their remuneration. This reserve relates to the previous plan for options already vested.

iv.  Convertible note reserve

 This reserve was used to record the equity portion on the convertible notes (issued on 13 December 2010), which were fully 
redeemed by the Company during December 2013.

v.  Fund equity reserve

This reserve is used to record changes in the proportion of equity held by non-controlling interests within the Group.

D. WORKING CAPITAL, OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Note 22: Trade and other receivables
Receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently remeasured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts. 

Receivables due from the completion of litigation investments are recognised upon various stages of completion of the underlying 
litigation in conjunction with the income recognition criteria of each investment. Collectability is reviewed on an ongoing basis.

The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs) for all receivables based on the difference between the 
contractual cash flows due and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original 
effective interest rate. ECLs are recognised in two stages. For credit exposures for which there has not been a significant increase 
in credit risk since initial recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses that result from default events that are possible within the 
next 12-months (a 12-month ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk since 
initial recognition, a loss allowance is required for credit losses expected over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the 
timing of the default (a lifetime ECL). For investments that involve an award or judgment there may be a risk of collectability. The 
Group recognises this as part of its usual investment process and whilst obtaining the award or judgment is considered delivery 
of a performance obligation entitling the group to a contractual return, the Group only recognises an amount reflecting the 
discounted expected receipts rather than the contractual entitlement at that time. At 30 June 2022, the value of the ECL allowance 
is $nil (2021: $nil).

Other receivables comprise interest receivable upon the maturity of the Group’s short-term deposits (between 30 and 90 days), 
receivables from co-funders of litigation contracts in progress, short term loans and deposits receivable.

Current

Receivables due from the completion of litigation investments

Other receivables

Non-current

Receivables due from the completion of litigation investments

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

101,448 

26,306 

127,754 

36,638 

36,638 

175,655

33,734 

209,389 

21,916 

21,916 

(a) Fair value and credit risk
Due to the nature of these receivables, the carrying value of the current receivables approximates its fair value. The maximum 
exposure to credit risk is the carrying value of receivables. It is not the Group’s policy to transfer (on-sell) receivables. 

87

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
 
 
 
Note 23: Contract costs
The Group holds management and advisory contracts in respect of Fund 4 and Fund 5. Incremental costs incurred in obtaining a 
contract are capitalised when the Group expects to recover the costs and are amortised on a systemic basis that is consistent with 
the Group’s transfer of related services to the customer. 

The amounts have been capitalised as shown below. The amounts are being amortised on a straight line basis over a period of 
seven years, being in reference to the initial four-year commitment period of the fund plus the estimated litigation funding contract 
life of three years. 

Balance at 1 July

Amortisation of contract costs

Balance at 30 June

Current

Non-current

Note 24: Other assets

Current

Prepayments 

Security deposits

Non-current

Prepayments 

Security deposits

Other

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

4,461 

(939)

3,522 

939 

2,583 

3,522 

2021 
$’000

5,400 

(939)

4,461 

939 

3,522 

4,461 

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

2,576 

2,848 

5,424 

12,037 

 – 

714 

2,216 

2,793 

5,009 

8,735 

7,445 

1,200 

12,751 

17,380 

Note 25: Property, plant and equipment

Plant and Equipment
Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Such cost includes the cost of 
replacing parts that are eligible for capitalisation when the cost of replacing parts is incurred. All other repairs and maintenance are 
recognised in the profit or loss as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The major categories of property, 
plant and equipment are depreciated as follows:

 – Equipment  
 – Furniture 
 – Leasehold 
 – Right-of-use 

2 to 5 years; 
2 to 6 years;
2 to 11 years; and
3 to 10 years.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and amortisation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year 
end. An item of plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no further future economic benefits are expected 
from its use or disposal.

88

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 25: Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (ie. the date the underlying asset is available 
for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for 
any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised (Refer to 
Note 28), initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives 
received. Unless the Group is reasonably certain to obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the 
recognised right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease 
term. Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment indicator assessments.

Gross carrying amount - at cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net carrying amount

Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year 

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

26,942 

(12,073)

14,869 

Gross carrying amount

Balance at 1 July 2020

Additions

Disposals

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2021

Additions

Disposals

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Equipment
$’000

Furniture, 
Fixtures and 
Fittings
$’000

Leasehold 
Improvements
$’000

Right-of-use 
assets
$’000

2,041 

266 

(154)

(73)

2,080 

357 

(2)

(2)

1,037 

1,938 

42 

 – 

(111)

968 

242 

 – 

10 

5 

 – 

(12)

1,931 

1,065 

 – 

12 

7,817 

1,778 

 – 

(393)

9,202 

15,084 

(4,446)

441 

Balance at 30 June 2022

2,433 

1,220 

3,008 

20,281 

Accumulated depreciation

Balance at 1 July 2020

Adjustment on adoption of AASB 16

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals/terminations

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2021

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

Adjustments

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2022

1,341 

808 

1,568 

 – 

414 

(91)

(70)

1,594 

339 

(2)

 – 

(2)

1,929 

 – 

3 

 – 

(35)

776 

106 

 – 

 – 

10 

892 

 – 

249 

 – 

(3)

1,814 

255 

 – 

 – 

8 

2,194 

(363)

2,453 

 – 

(192)

4,092 

2,757 

 – 

197 

129 

2,077 

7,175 

12,073 

2021 
$’000

14,181 

(8,276)

5,905 

Total
$’000

12,833 

2,091 

(154)

(589)

14,181 

16,748 

(4,448)

461 

26,942 

5,911 

(363)

3,119 

(91)

(300)

8,276 

3,457 

(2)

197 

145 

Property, plant and equipment of the Company is subject to a fixed charge to secure the Company’s debt due to Bondholders. 
See Note 19 for further details. Refer to Note 28 for further information on Right-of-use assets and their associated leases.

89

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
 
 
 
Note 26: Trade and other payables
Trade payables, other payables and accruals are carried at amortised cost. Due to their short-term nature they are not discounted. 
They represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group or liabilities to provide funding in relation to a litigation 
investment to the end of the financial year that are unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments 
in respect of the purchase of these goods and services or deployment against investment commitments. The amounts are 
unsecured, non-interest bearing and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Trade payables

Unearned revenue (Refer to Note 2)

Wage accruals

Interest accruals

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

30,842 

17,544 

8,594 

468 

2,049 

1,144 

501 

1,820 

41,953 

21,009 

Fair Value
Due to the nature of trade and other payables, their carrying value approximates their fair value. 

Note 27: Provisions

General provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be 
made of the amount of the obligation.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present 
obligation at the balance date. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax 
rate that reflects the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. 

The increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time is recognised in finance costs. 

Refer to Notes 11 - 14 in respect to litigation investment impairment provisions.

Employee benefits
Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the end of the reporting 
period. These benefits include wages, salaries, annual leave, long service leave and bonuses.

Liabilities in respect of employees’ services rendered that are not expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of the 
periods in which the employees render the related services are recognised as long-term employee benefits. These liabilities are measured 
at the present value of the estimated future cash outflow to be made to the employees using the projected unit credit method. 

Liabilities expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of the period in which the employees render the related 
services are classified as short-term benefits and are measured at the amount due to be paid. 

Current

Annual leave and vested long service leave

Litigation investments - adverse costs

Bonus

Non-Current

Premises lease make good

Long service leave

90

Consolidated

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

3,941 

20,877 

306 

25,124 

601 

642 

1,243 

4,637 

19,100 

677 

24,414 

278 

577 

855 

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 27: Provisions (continued)

(a)  Movement in provisions 

Litigation 
investments -
adverse costs
$’000

Annual 
leave
$’000

Long service 
leave
$’000

Premises 
lease
make good
$’000

Bonus
$’000

Balance at 1 July 2020

Arising during the year

Utilised 

Effect of movement in foreign 
currency

Balance at 30 June 2021

Arising during the year

Utilised 

Effect of movement in foreign 
currency

672 

18,428 

–

–

19,100 

1,777

–

 – 

2,693 

2,001 

(892)

(69)

3,733 

3,060 

(3,469)

65 

Balance at 30 June 2022

20,877 

3,389 

Current 2022

Non-current 2022

20,877 

3,389 

 – 

 – 

1,200 

281 

–

–

1,481 

160 

(447)

 – 

1,194 

552 

642 

20,877 

3,389 

1,194 

19,100 

3,733 

 – 

 – 

904 

577 

19,100 

3,733 

1,481 

Current 2021

Non-current 2021

(b) Nature and timing of provisions

282 

10,753 

–

–

(4)

278 

323 

 – 

 – 

601 

 – 

601 

601 

 – 

278 

278 

999 

(11,077)

2 

677 

725 

(1,085)

(11)

306 

306 

 – 

306 

677 

 – 

677 

Total
$’000

15,600 

21,709 

(11,969)

(71)

25,269 

7,331 

(6,287)

54 

26,367 

25,124 

1,243 

26,367 

24,414 

855 

25,269 

Litigation investments - adverse costs
The Group raises a provision for adverse costs upon receipt of a losing judgment in jurisdiction jurisdictions that require adverse 
costs to be paid to the litigation’s counter party. Refer to Notes 1, 6 and 30 for further details on adverse costs.

At 30 June 2022, an adverse costs provision of $20.9 million (2021: $19.1 million) exists in relation to two non-fund investments. 
Of that amount, $9.4 million will be recovered from (i) ATE insurance proceeds ($8.6 million); and (ii) as part of a co-funding 
agreement ($0.8 million) recognised as a receivable. As a result, $2.6 million has been expensed and is included in other expenses. 
$1.37 million had been recognised for fund investments with $1.1 million recoverable from insurance proceeds.

Premises lease make good
The make good provision relates to amounts recognised for make good requirements on leases of office space. 

Bonus
The bonus provision relates to amounts accrued based on management’s best estimate to be paid to employees.

Note 28: Lease liabilities
The Group has lease contracts for rental property and motor vehicles. These leases generally have lease terms between 3 and 
10 years. The Group’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Generally, the Group 
is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets. There are several lease contracts that include extension and 
termination options and variable lease payments, which are further discussed below.

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right 
to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

91

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 28: Lease liabilities (continued)

Group as lessee

Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to 
be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease 
incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual 
value guarantees. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised 
by the Group and payments of penalties for terminating a lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising the option to 
terminate. 

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement 
date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease 
liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying 
amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the in-substance fixed 
lease payments or a change in the assessment to purchase the underlying asset.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of machinery and equipment (ie those leases 
that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the 
lease of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that are considered of low value. Lease payments on 
short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the year: 

Balance at 1 July

Additions

Terminations

Accretion of interest

Payments

Effects of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 

Current

Non-current

The following are the amounts recognised in profit or loss: 

Depreciation expense on right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities (included in finance costs)

Expense relating to short-term leases

Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets (included in corporate and office expense)

Total amount recognised in profit and loss

Consolidated

2022
$’000

5,843 

13,602 

(2,738)

808 

(3,955)

368 

13,928 

2,755 

11,173 

13,928 

2021
$’000

5,684 

2,657 

 – 

750 

(2,947)

(301)

5,843 

2,449 

3,394 

5,843 

Consolidated

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

2,757 

2,453 

808 

99 

522 

750 

352 

209 

4,186 

3,764 

The Group had total cash outflows for leases of $4,576,000 in 2022 (2021: $3,508,000). The future cash outflows relating to leases 
that have not yet commenced are disclosed in Note 30. 

The Group has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by management 
to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Group’s business needs. Management exercises 
significant judgment in determining whether these extension and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised. 

92

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 29: Other financial liabilities
Deferred and variable deferred consideration is valued at fair value at the acquisition date as part of a fair value through profit and 
loss business combination. It is subsequently remeasured at fair value at each reporting date.

Current

Deferred consideration - business combination

Variable deferred consideration - business combination

Non-current

Deferred consideration - business combination

Variable deferred consideration - business combination

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

15,491 

13,670 

29,161 

–

16,568 

16,568 

–

14,647 

14,647 

17,783 

33,886 

51,669 

Deferred and variable deferred consideration – business combination
Relates to the acquisition of OBE Group. The determination of the fair value is designated as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. 
Refer to Note 17 for further information.

93

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 29: Other financial liabilities (continued)
The following table reconciles the movements in recurring fair value measurements categorised within level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy:

Current

Balance at 1 July 2020

Fair value remeasurement recognised through profit and loss

Issue of shares to satisfy the liability

Reclassification from Non-current

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2021

Fair value remeasurement recognised through profit and loss

Issue of shares to satisfy the liability

Reclassification from Non-current

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2022

Non-Current

Balance at 1 July 2020

Fair value remeasurement recognised through profit and loss

Reclassification to Current

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2021

Deferred 
consideration 
- business 
combination 
$’000

Variable 
deferred 
consideration 
- business 
combination 
$’000

Total 
$’000

20,681 

(2,793)

17,655 

(3,403)

38,336 

(6,196)

(17,808)

(15,729)

(33,537)

–

(80)

–

(1,564)

16,194 

16,194 

(70)

14,647 

(4,971)

(150)

14,647 

(6,535)

–

(10,940)

(10,940)

17,055 

15,050

32,105

–

(116)

(116)

15,491 

13,670 

29,161 

22,105 

(3,628)

–

(694)

17,783 

58,375 

(6,465)

(16,194)

(1,830)

33,886 

80,480 

(10,093)

(16,194)

(2,524)

51,669 

Fair value remeasurement recognised through profit and loss

–

(880)

(880)

Reclassification to Current

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2022

(17,055)

(15,050)

(32,105)

(728)

–

(1,388)

16,568 

(2,116)

16,568 

94

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 30: Commitments and contingencies

Capital commitments
Omni Bridgeway Limited has $402.532 million (2021: $373.038 million) in aggregate Investor Capital commitments to its Funds 1, 
2&3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 collectively, of which $227.703 million is undrawn at 30 June 2022 (2021: $240.880 million).

The Funds have made aggregate funding commitments to Investments totalling $1,574.017 million (2021: $1,096.550 million), of 
which $799.979 million is yet to be deployed at 30 June 2022 (2021: $523.554 million).

Remuneration commitments 

Commitments for the payment of salaries and other remuneration under long-term employment 
contracts in existence at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities payable:

Within one year

After one year but no more than five years

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

4,295 

–

4,295 

5,461 

–

5,461 

Amounts disclosed as remuneration commitments also include commitments arising from the service contracts of, and bonuses 
payable to, directors and executives referred to in the Remuneration Report of the Directors’ Report that are not recognised as 
liabilities and are not included in the compensation of Key Management Personnel.

Contingencies
In certain jurisdictions litigation funding agreements contain an undertaking from the Group to the client that the Group will 
pay adverse costs awarded to the successful party in respect of costs incurred during the period of funding, should the client’s 
litigation be unsuccessful. It is not possible to predict in which cases such an award might be made. 

The Group has insurance arrangements which, in some circumstances, will lessen the impact of such awards. The entire 
Funds 2 & 3 portfolio has an after the event (ATE) insurance policy that will respond to claims for adverse costs in aggregate in 
excess of $7.5 million. The entire Fund 5 portfolio has an ATE insurance policy that will respond to claims for adverse costs in 
aggregate in excess of USD20 million. Additionally, the Group may obtain insurance cover over a specific investment. Based on past 
experience, an award of adverse costs to a defendant will approximate 40% to 80% (depending on jurisdiction) of the amount paid 
by the plaintiff to pursue the litigation (although in some cases there may be more than one defendant). 

An indicative pre-insurance cover estimate of the total gross potential adverse costs exposure of the Group may be made by 
assuming all cases are lost, that adverse costs equal 40% to 80% of the amount spent by the plaintiff and that there is only one 
defendant per case. 

At 30 June 2022, the total amount of capital deployed on currently funded investments by the Group where undertakings to pay 
adverse costs have been provided was $141.127 million (2021: $107.476 million). This excludes specifically identified investments 
where adverse costs provisions have already been recognised in liabilities (refer to Note 27). The potential adverse costs exposure 
using the above methodology would amount to $53.363 million (2021: $45.315 million), of which the estimated net exposure 
attributable to equity holders of the parent is $23.066 million and $30.299 million is attributable to non-controlling interests. 
Notwithstanding the historic performance, subject to specific investment impairment considerations, the Group does not currently 
expect that any of the investments will be unsuccessful. The Group maintains a large cash holding in the event that one or more 
investments are unsuccessful and an adverse costs order is made which is not covered by its insurance arrangements.

Further to the contingent comment above, in respect to a number of investments where the Group has a potential exposure 
to adverse cost exposure OBL has provided a security deed poll. The group has invested $32.872 million to these investments 
collectively. Where such investment is within a Fund, OBL is indemnified by the respective Fund.

A portion of the consideration relating to the acquisition of OBE Group is contingent upon the OBE Group meeting performance 
targets. This is outlined in Notes 20 and 29.

95

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report E. THE GROUP, MANAGEMENT AND RELATED PARTIES

Note 31:  Key management personnel

Details of Key Management Personnel
As announced to the ASX on 19 July 2022, Stuart Mitchell will be replaced by Guillaume Leger as Global Chief Financial Officer, 
effective 1 September 2022. 

There were no further changes to Key Management Personnel after the reporting date and before the date the financial report was 
authorised for issue.

Compensation of Key Management Personnel 

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Long term employee benefits

Termination payments

Share based payments

Note 32: Share-based payment plan

Share-based payment transactions

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

4,690

4,818 

163

(659)

882

2,357

7,433

158 

157 

–

3,154 

8,287 

(i)  Equity-settled transactions
The Company’s LTIP awards share performance rights to key senior employees. The cost of equity-settled transactions with 
employees is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value 
is determined using a Monte Carlo or Black Scholes Model depending on the type of LTIP.

In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the 
shares of OBL (i.e. market conditions) if applicable.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in the share-based payment reserve, 
over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on which 
the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date).

The charge to the profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount as calculated above less the amounts already charged in 
previous periods. There is a corresponding credit to equity.

Equity-settled awards granted by OBL to employees of subsidiaries are recognised in the Parent’s separate financial statements 
as an additional investment in the subsidiary with a corresponding credit to equity. These amounts are eliminated through 
consolidation. As a result, the expenses recognised by the Company in relation to equity-settled awards only represents the 
expense associated with grants to employees of the Parent. The expense recognised by the Group is the total expense associated 
with all such awards.

Until an award has vested, any amounts recorded are contingent and will be adjusted if more or fewer awards vest than were 
originally anticipated to do so. Any award subject to a market condition is considered to vest irrespective of whether or not that 
market condition is fulfilled, provided that all other conditions are satisfied.

If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been 
modified. An additional expense is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment 
arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee, as measured at the date of modification. 

If an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and an expense not yet recognised 
for the award is recognised immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award and designated as a 
replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new award are treated as if they were a modification of the 
original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

Where outstanding rights do not have an anti-dilutive effect and are currently meeting the performance criteria, the dilutive effect, 
if any, is added to share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

96

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Note 32: Share-based payment plan (continued)

(ii) Cash-settled transactions
The Group does not provide cash-settled share-based benefits to employees or senior executives.

Long Term Incentive Plan
LTIP awards are delivered in the form of performance rights over shares which vest after a period of three years subject to meeting 
performance measures. The Group uses relative TSR and CAGR of Funds Deployed as the performance measures. 

For the portion of the LTIP subject to the relative TSR performance measure, the fair value of share performance rights granted 
is estimated at the date of grant using a Monte-Carlo simulation model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which 
the share performance rights were granted. For the portion of the LTIP based on the achievement of CAGR of Funds Deployed, the 
Black-Scholes model is used. 

5,053,932 share performance rights were issued during 2022 (2021: 4,528,546). Specific assessment for performance rights issued 
in the period is below:

Grant Date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected Volatility (%)

Dividend yield (%)

Risk-free rate (%)

Performance period

Models used

Tranche1 - relative TSR (value per right $)

Tranche 2 - CAGR (value per right $)

1 July 
2021

$3.590 

Nil

40%

2.00%

0.27%

30 November 
2021

$3.250 

Nil

40%

2.00%

0.75%

3 years ending

2.6 years ending

30 June 2024

30 June 2024

Monte Carlo & Black Scholes Monte Carlo & Black Scholes

$1.790 

$3.420 

$1.410 

$3.090 

The expense recognised for share based payments during the year is shown below: 

Share based payments expense

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

2021 
$’000

11,724 

13,755 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, share performance 
rights during the year: 

Movements during the year

Outstanding at 1 July

 Granted

 Exercised

 Forfeited

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

2022 
Number

2022 
WAEP

2021 
Number

2021 
WAEP

18,528,532 

5,053,932 

(4,599,380)

(3,053,901)

15,929,183 

4,247,861

–

–

–

–

–

–

17,302,007 

4,528,546

(2,297,814)

(1,004,207)

18,528,532 

4,829,705 

–

–

–

–

–

–

97

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 33: Parent entity information 

Information relating to Omni Bridgeway Limited:

Current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets

Issued capital 

Retained earnings/Accumulated losses

Reserves

Total shareholders’ equity 

Loss of the Parent 

Total comprehensive loss of the Parent

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

154,401 

547,672 

217,248 

593,376 

(201,847)

(38,991)

(172,845)

(178,524)

374,827 

414,852 

402,686 

385,940 

(67,037)

39,178 

(5,603)

34,515 

374,827 

414,852 

(61,435)

(61,435)

(20,867)

(20,867)

Details of the contractual commitments and contingent liabilities of the Parent are contained in Note 30. 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of OBL and the subsidiaries listed in the following table:

Percentage owned

Name

Fund 1

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC 

HC 1 LLC

Security Finance (Fund 1) LLC 

Funds 2&3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd 

IMF Bentham ROW SPV 1 Limited

IMF Bentham ROW SPV 2 Pty Ltd

Fund 4

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 1 LP 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 2 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 3 LP 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 4 LP 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 5 LP 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 6 LP 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 7 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 8 LP 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 9 LP 

JPV I LP

98

Country of
Incorporation

USA

USA

USA

Australia

Australia

United Kingdom

Australia

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

2022
%

100

25

100

23

23

23

23

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

2021
%

50

12

50

24

24

24

24

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
Note 33: Parent entity information (continued)

Name

Fund 5

Percentage owned

Country of
Incorporation

2022
%

2021
%

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) GPA Pty Ltd 

Australia

100

100

Fund 6

Omni Bridgeway BV

Omni Bridgeway LegalTech BV

Omni Bridgeway Emerging Markets BV

Omni Bridgeway Collective Redress BV

Omni Bridgeway Asia Pte Ltd

Omni Bridgeway Holding (Switzerland) SA

Omni Bridgeway SA

Omni Bridgeway GmbH (formerly Omni Bridgeway AG)

Minories Capital Ltd1

Omni Bridgeway Finance BV

Stichting Client Accounts Omni Bridgeway2

Stichting Cartel Compensation2

Stichting Trucks Cartel Compensation2

Fund 7

Omni Bridgeway Advisory Ltd

Group Subsidiaries

Omni Bridgeway Holdings (Fund 1) LLC

Omni Bridgeway Capital GP (Fund 4) LLC

Omni Bridgeway (USA) LLC

Omni Bridgeway Management (USA) LLC

Omni Bridgeway Holdings (USA) Inc

Security Finance LLC

Omni Bridgeway Capital (Canada) Limited

Lien Finance Canada Limited

Omni Bridgeway (Singapore) Pte Limited

Omni Bridgeway (UK) Limited

Omni Bridgeway (Cayman) Limited

Omni Bridgeway (Storm) Holdings Pty Ltd

Omni Bridgeway (Storm) Holdings BV

Omni Bridgeway Investment Management Ltd

Omni Bridgeway Holding BV

Omni Bridgeway Investment BV3

Omni Bridgeway (NZ) Limited4

Crestwood I LLC5

Liquidated and deregistered on 4 January 2022. 

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Singapore

Switzerland

Switzerland

Germany

Guernsey

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

United Arab Emirates

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

Canada

Canada

Singapore

United Kingdom

Cayman Islands

Australia

Netherlands

Australia

Netherlands

Netherlands

New Zealand

USA

81

41

81

81

81

81

81

81

–

81

N/A

N/A

N/A

65

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

81

41

81

81

81

81

81

81

81

81

N/A

N/A

N/A

65

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

N/A

N/A

The Stichting vehicles were founded as separate, independent foundations to ensure the cash flows related to the claims were secured.

 This holding this represents 100% of type A shares and voting rights. Type B shares, with no voting rights, represent 90% of share capital and receive 10% 
of yearly profits. Type A shares receive the remaining yearly profits.

The entity was incorporated 27 July 2021.

The entity was incorporated 9 September 2021.

99

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
 
 
Note 34: Material partly-owned subsidiaries 
For all subsidiaries where there is less than 51% ownership interest, the Group has power to direct the relevant activities of the 
investee under contractual arrangements and exposure to variable returns the Group is considered to be acting as principal and 
thus has control.

Financial information of subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is provided below: 

Proportion of equity interest held by non-controlling interests:

Percentage owned

Country of
Incorporation

2022
%

2021
%

Fund 1

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC1

HC 1 LLC1

Security Finance (Fund 1) LLC1

Funds 2&3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd2

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd2

IMF Bentham ROW SPV 1 Limited2

IMF Bentham ROW SPV 2 Pty Ltd2

Fund 4

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 1 LP3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 2 LP3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 3 LP3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 4 LP3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 5 LP3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 6 LP3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 7 LP3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 8 LP3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 9 LP3

JPV I LP

Security Finance (Fund 4) LLC3

Fund 6

Omni Bridgeway BV4

Omni Bridgeway LegalTech BV4

Omni Bridgeway Emerging Markets BV4

Omni Bridgeway Collective Redress BV4

Omni Bridgeway Asia Pte Ltd4

Omni Bridgeway Holding (Switzerland) SA4

Omni Bridgeway SA4

Omni Bridgeway GmbH (formerly Omni Bridgeway AG4

Minories Capital Ltd4

Omni Bridgeway Finance BV4

USA

USA

USA

Australia

Australia

United Kingdom

Australia

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Singapore

Switzerland

Switzerland

Germany

Guernsey

Netherlands

–

75 

–

77 

77 

77 

77 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

50 

88 

50 

76 

76 

76 

76 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

100 

100 

19 

59 

19 

19 

19 

19 

19 

19 

– 

19 

19 

59 

19 

19 

19 

19 

19 

19 

19 

19 

100

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 34: Material partly-owned subsidiaries (continued)

Accumulated balances of material non-controlling interest:

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC1

HC 1 LLC1

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd2

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd2

Fund 43

Fund 64

Transaction costs, net of tax - disposal of non-controlling interest (Fund 1)

Transaction costs, net of tax - disposal of non-controlling interest (Funds 2&3)

Profit/(loss) allocated to material non-controlling interest:

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC1

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd2

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd2

Fund 4

Fund 6

2022
$'000

2021
$'000

32,005 

47,148 

86,738 

28,912 

91,013 

106,266 

47,138 

62,481 

20,827 

85,120 

133,593 

117,485 

(5,934)

(2,866)

(5,934)

(2,909)

410,609 

430,474 

6,796 

10,883 

3,628 

22,434 

8,386 

52,127 

47,599 

–

–

(45,805)

5,226 

7,020 

1 

2 

3 

4 

The results and non-controlling interests of these entities comprise the results of Fund 1, included in Note 1 Segment Information.

The results and non-controlling interests of these entities comprise the results of Funds 2&3, included in Note 1 Segment Information.

The results and non-controlling interests of these entities comprise the results of Fund 4, included in Note 1 Segment Information.

The results and non-controlling interests of these entities comprise the results of Fund 6, included in Note 1 Segment Information.

Movements in NCI’s during the year were as follows: 

Balance at 1 July 2020

Contributions

Distributions

Change in share of net assets attributable to NCI

Profit/(loss)

Other comprehensive income

Balance at 30 June 2021

Contributions

Distributions

Change in share of net assets attributable to NCI

Profit

Other comprehensive loss

Balance at 30 June 2022

Consolidated

Fund 1

$'000

Funds 2&3

$'000

Fund 4

$'000

Fund 6

$’000 

Total

$'000

168,157 

68,350 

94,053 

100,640 

431,200 

43 

(36,213)

73,630 

(47,599)

(10,548)

147,470 

20 

(80,593)

(4,778)

6,796 

4,304 

30,080 

(27,036)

38,614 

(2,250)

9,005 

(81,840)

–

 –

80,399 

19,600 

45,805 

(9,262)

85,120 

16,211 

11,803 

–

(2,965)

8,814 

(807)

80,540 

(65,499)

(2,170)

7,020 

(20,617)

117,485 

430,474 

7,786 

43,617 

–

(32,742)

–

(113,335)

(1,635)

14,511 

(91)

(7,265)

22,434 

7,255 

939 

(12,739)

8,386 

(1,003)

52,127 

10,465 

73,219 

112,784 

91,013 

133,593 

410,609 

101

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report  
Note 34: Material partly-owned subsidiaries (continued)

Funds 2&3
On 13 September 2017, the Group established Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd and Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd. On 26 July 
2019, the Group established IMF Bentham ROW SPV 1 Limited. On 15 March 2021, the Group established IMF Bentham ROW SPV 2 
Pty Ltd. These entities are collectively “Funds 2&3”.

Fund 4
On 26 October 2018, the Group established Omni Bridgeway Capital GP (Fund 4) LLC. On 29 November 2018, the Group 
established Security Finance (Fund 4) LLC. On 4 December 2018, the Group established Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 1 – 9 LP. 
On 7 July 2020, the Group established JPV I LP. These entities are collectively “Fund 4”.

Fund 6
Fund 6 was created in 2016 and was acquired by the Group as part of the November 2019 acquisition of OBE. This is an Europe, 
Middle East and Africa focused investment structure.

The summarised financial information of controlled entities with material non-controlling interests is provided below is based on 
amounts prior to intercompany eliminations:

Consolidated

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 6

2022
$'000

2021
$'000

2022
$'000

2021
$'000

2022
$'000

2021
$'000

2022
$'000

2021
$'000

Summarised statement of cash flows

Operating

Investing

Financing

(265)

12 

2,941 

(7,510)

(2,231)

(3,255)

(18,458)

(17,047)

77,816 

(5,060)

(6,176)

(6,707)

17,960

(50,517)

9,970 

7,182 

(80,573)

41  24,500 

10,564

(20,155)

45,825

(17)

11,803 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

(3,022)

(5,007)

21,265 

(3,653)

(4,426)

(7,947)

 (8,505)

1,938 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of 
the period

10,836 

17,365 

3,018 

6,671  20,402 

31,246

9,478 

8,556 

Foreign exchange

1,006 

(1,521)

–

–

1,950 

(2,897)

(682)

(1,016)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the 
period

8,820 

10,837  24,283 

3,018 

17,926 

20,402 

291

9,478 

Note 35: Interest in associates and joint ventures
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the 
financial and operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint control over those policies.

A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net 
assets of the joint venture. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when 
decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

The considerations made in determining significant influence or joint control are similar to those necessary to determine control 
over subsidiaries. The Group’s investment in its associate and joint venture are accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in an associate or a joint venture is initially recognised at cost. The carrying amount 
of the investment is adjusted to recognise changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associate or joint venture since the 
acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the associate or joint venture is included in the carrying amount of the investment and is not 
tested for impairment separately.

102

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 35: Interest in associates and joint ventures (continued)
The statement of profit or loss reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the associate or joint venture. Any change 
in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) of those investees is presented as part of the Group’s OCI. In addition, when there has been 
a change recognised directly in the equity of the associate or joint venture, the Group recognises its share of any changes, when 
applicable, in the statement of changes in equity. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and 
the associate or joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the associate or joint venture.

The aggregate of the Group’s share of profit or loss of an associate and a joint venture is shown on the face of the statement of 
profit or loss outside operating profit and represents profit or loss after tax and non-controlling interests in the subsidiaries of 
the associate or joint venture. 

The financial statements of the associate or joint venture are prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. When 
necessary, adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group. 

After application of the equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise an impairment loss on its 
investment in its associate or joint venture. At each reporting date, the Group determines whether there is objective evidence 
that the investment in the associate or joint venture is impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates the amount of 
impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate or joint venture and its carrying value, and then 
recognises the loss within ‘Share of profit of an associate and a joint venture’ in the statement of profit or loss.

Upon loss of significant influence over the associate or joint control over the joint venture, the Group measures and recognises 
any retained investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the associate or joint venture upon loss 
of significant influence or joint control and the fair value of the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is recognised in 
profit or loss.

In the prior year, TCF a joint venture to the Group was wound down and deregistered. Also, during the prior year, Flight Refund 
Company GmbH an associate to the Group was disposed-of. Both entities had had immaterial balances to the Group at the time 
of disposal. 

The Group acquired 5% of OB Capital Coop U.A through the acquisition of Omni Bridgeway Holding B.V. in November 2019.  
OB Capital Coop U.A is an associate accounted for using the equity method.

Interest in OB Capital Coop U.A for the relevant financial year is provided below:

Income

Total expenses

Operating loss

Equity accounted investment result

Net (profit)/loss

Share of (profit)/loss in associates and joint ventures

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Net share of (profit)/loss in associates and joint ventures

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Equity

Group's share in equity - 5% (2021: 5%)

Group's carrying amount of the investment

2022
$’000

(5)

2,075 

2,070

(9,904)

(7,834) 

(392)

5 

(387)

2021
$’000

–

121 

121

(7,390) 

(7,269) 

(363) 

1,027

664

455 

322 

99,413 

86,942 

750 

309 

99,118 

86,955 

5,031 

5,031 

4,453 

4,453 

103

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Note 36: Related party disclosure

Transactions with director related entities
The following table provides the total amount of transactions that were entered into with related parties for the relevant financial year. 

Transactions with DLA Piper1

Transactions with Thomson Geer1

Transactions with OB DARP Cooperatief UA2

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

N/A

38 

1,838

1,876

2021 
$’000

709 

152 

1,923

2,784

1 

 During the year, the Group obtained legal advice from a legal firm associated with Michael Bowen, Thomson Geer Lawyers of $38,000. The legal advice 
was obtained at arm’s length. The Group engages a number of different law firms for its external legal advice and the relationship with Thomson Geer 
is not exclusive. Michael Bowen does not participate in any board decisions to appoint external counsel when Thomson Geer is being considered for 
engagement. Mr Bowen was not an associate of DLA Piper during the year ended 30 June 2022 but was an associate during the prior financial year. 

2  During the year, the Group received management fees from OB DARP Cooperatief UA, an associate of the Group. 

Loans with a related entity 
The following table provides the total amount of loans with related parties for the relevant financial year.

Loans with Omni Bridgeway DARP Cooperatief UA2

Note 37: Auditor’s remuneration
Ernst & Young resigned as Auditors during the prior financial year and BDO was appointed on 17 May 2021.

The auditor of Omni Bridgeway Limited is BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd.

Fees to BDO and Ernst & Young (Australia)

Fees for auditing the statutory financial report of the parent covering the group and auditing the 
statutory financial reports of any controlled entities

 BDO

 Ernst & Young 

Fees for other assurance and agreed-upon procedures services under other legislation or 
contractual arrangements where there is discretion as to whether the service is provided by the 
auditor or another firm

 BDO

Fees for other services

 Taxation - BDO

Consolidated

2022 
$’000

5,167 

5,167 

2021 
$’000

3,060 

3,060 

Consolidated

2022
$'000

2021
$'000

984 

–

728 

502 

– 

85 

632 

1,616 

536 

1,851 

104

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOmni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
Note 38: Events after the reporting date
In accordance with the announcement of 3 June 2022, subsequent to year end, on 8 July 2022, the Group fully repaid and 
redeemed all of the debt securities (bonds and fixed rate notes) that existed at year-end, from the proceeds of debt drawn down 
from a new debt facility in the form of a Senior Facility Agreement that was entered on 5 May 2022.

The Notes were repaid at $1,020.000 per Note and the Bonds were repaid at $100.1042 per Bond with the total paid being: 

Fixed rate Notes

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

8 July 2022 
$’000

73,440 

76,079 

149,519 

On 6 July 2022, the underlying litigation of an investment within Fund 1, received a positive result from the appeal against the 
initial judgment. This investment had previously received an adverse judgment, resulting in an impairment of $4.78m. The appeal 
decision is an indicator to reconsider the level of impairment and may lead to an impairment reversal adjustment in FY23. 

Apart from that disclosed in this report, no other circumstances have arisen since 30 June 2022 that have significantly affected, or 
may significantly affect the consolidated entities’ operations, the results of those operations, or the consolidated entities state of 
affairs in the future financial years.

105

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Directors’ Declaration

We state that, in the Directors’ opinion: 

(a)   the financial statements and notes of Omni Bridgeway Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2022 are in accordance with 

the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i. 

 giving a true and fair view of its financial position at 30 June 2022 and performance for the year ended on that date; and 

ii. 

 complying with Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001;

(b)   the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in the notes to 

the financial statements; and

(c)   there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 

payable. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of directors of Omni Bridgeway Limited pursuant to section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 
for the financial year ended 30 June 2022, on behalf of the directors. 

Michael Kay 
Non-Executive Chairman  

Sydney, 29 August 2022

Andrew Saker 
Managing Director & CEO and Chief Strategy Officer – US 

106

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report

Tel: +61 8 6382 4600
Fax: +61 8 6382 4601
www.bdo.com.au

Level 9, Mia Yellagonga Tower 2
5 Spring Street
Perth, WA 6000
PO Box 700 West Perth WA 6872
Australia

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the members of Omni Bridgeway Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Omni Bridgeway Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries
(the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2022, the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and
the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the financial report,
including a summary of significant accounting policies and the directors’ declaration.

In our opinion the accompanying financial report of the Group, is in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including:

(i)

Giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2022 and of its
financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

(ii)

Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial
Report section of our report.  We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s
APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code)
that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia.  We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been
given to the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the
time of this auditor’s report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in
our audit of the financial report of the current period.  These matters were addressed in the context of
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide
a separate opinion on these matters.

BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd ABN 79 112 284 787 is a member of a national association of independent entities which are all members of BDO Australia
Ltd ABN 77 050 110 275, an Australian company limited by guarantee. BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd and BDO Australia Ltd are members of BDO
International Ltd, a UK company limited by guarantee, and form part of the international BDO network of independent member firms. Liability
limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

107

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationIndependent Auditor’s Report

Impairment of litigation related assets

Key audit matter

How the matter was addressed in our audit

As disclosed in Notes 11, 12 and 13 to the Financial

Our procedures included, but were not limited to:

Report, the Group recognises three different types

of litigation investments, including:







Claims portfolio;

Purchased claims; and

Intangibles.

Whilst the assets are different from an accounting

perspective, they are considered for impairment by

the Group on a similar basis, using discounted cash

flow models.

As a result, the carrying values are contingent on

future cash flows and there is a risk that if these

cash flows do not meet the Group’s expectations, or

if significant estimates and judgements such as the

estimated completion dates and/or discount rates

change, the assets may be impaired.

This was a key audit matter because it requires a

high level of estimate and judgement and changes in

these assumptions might lead to a significant change

in the carrying values of the litigation related assets.



on a sample basis, assessing the effectiveness of the

Group’s controls in relation to the review of carrying

values for litigation related assets, including controls

over the discounted cash flow models and

assumptions applied;



discussing significant investments with respective

Case Investment Managers, in order to understand

investment status and assess estimates and

judgements made by the Group that impact the

discounted cash flow models including litigation

completion dates, litigation proceeds, budgeted costs

to complete and intention to continue the litigation

matter;











assessing the reasonableness of key assumptions

including cash flow forecasts and considering the

reliability of previous forecasts;

using our internal valuation specialists to assess the

appropriateness of the discounts rates applied;

testing the mathematical accuracy of the discounted

cash flow models;

performing sensitivity analysis on key assumptions

including cash flow forecasts and discount rates;

reviewing Board minutes, ASX announcements and

other publicly available information to ensure the

Group has not decided to discontinue or has been

unsuccessful in investments; and



assessing the adequacy of the related disclosures in

Notes 11, 12 and 13 to the Financial Report.

108

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Carrying value of goodwill

Key audit matter

How the matter was addressed in our audit

As disclosed in Note 16 to the Financial Report, the

Our procedures included, but were not limited to:

Group recognises goodwill in respect to the Fund 6

(OBE Group, EMEA) cash generating unit (CGU).



evaluating the Group’s CGU identification and the

allocation of goodwill and other assets to the

The Group is required under Australian Accounting

carrying value of the CGU based on our understanding

Standard AASB 136 Impairment of Assets (“AASB

of the CGU’s business;

136”), to perform an annual impairment test of the

carrying value of goodwill.



assessing the reasonableness of key assumptions

including cash flow forecasts, considering the

As a result, the Group’s impairment assessment is

reliability of previous forecasts and consistency with

undertaken using a value-in-use model.

discounted cash flow models for the CGU’s litigation

This was a key audit matter because it requires a

high level of estimate and judgement, in particular

in estimating future growth rates, discount rates and

the expected cash flows of the CGU to which the

goodwill and other assets have been allocated.

related assets;











comparing the CGU’s forecast cash flows to the board

approved budget;

using our internal valuation specialists to assess the

appropriateness of the discount rate applied;

performing sensitivity analysis on key assumptions

including cash flow forecasts, growth and discount

rates;

testing the mathematical accuracy of the value-in-

use model; and

assessing the adequacy of the related disclosures in

Note 16 to the Financial Report.

109

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationIndependent Auditor’s Report

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information.  The other information comprises the
information in the Group’s annual report for the year ended 30 June 2022, but does not include the
financial report and the auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any
form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this
other information, we are required to report that fact.  We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the directors for the Financial Report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error.

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the group to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that
includes our opinion.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists.  Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website (http://www.auasb.gov.au/Home.aspx) at:

https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

110

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Report on the Remuneration Report

Opinion on the Remuneration Report

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 32 to 40 of the directors’ report for the
year ended 30 June 2022.

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Omni Bridgeway Limited, for the year ended 30 June 2022,
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Responsibilities

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with
Australian Auditing Standards.

BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd

Glyn O’Brien

Director

Perth

29 August 2022

111

HighlightsFinancial Report OverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder & Other InformationShareholder information

The information set out below is current as at 31 July 2022.

(a)  Distribution of shareholders

Ordinary share capital
268,639,670 fully paid ordinary shares are held by 4,826 individual shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote  
per share and carry the right to dividends.

Omni Bridgeway Bonds
The Omni Bridgeway Bonds were fully redeemed on 8 July 2022 and the Bonds were ceased on this date. 

Options
There are no options issued over ordinary shares.

Share Performance Rights
16,667,878 share performance rights were on issue to 133 rights holders.

Fixed Rate Notes
The Fixed Rate Notes were fully redeemed on 8 July 2022 and the Notes were ceased on this date.

Distribution of securities
The number of shareholders by size of holding, in each class at 31 July 2022 are:

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 and over

Number

Fully paid 
ordinary 
shares

% of issued 
capital

1,356

1,822

733

852

586,127

4,904,232

5,443,403

22,295,456

63

235,410,452

4,826

268,639,670

0.22

1.83

2.03

8.30

87.62

100.00

Non-marketable Parcels
There were 309 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares.

(b) Substantial shareholders
The names of the substantial shareholders listed in the Company’s register as at 31 July 2022 are:

Shareholder

Greencape Capital Pty Ltd.

Perpetual Investment Management Ltd.

Amitell Holdings Pte. Ltd.

Number of 
ordinary 
Shares 

24,302,371

16,834,467

16,066,449

% of  
issued 
capital

9.05%

6.27%

5.98%

112

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022(c)  20 largest holders of quoted equity securities as at 31 July 2022

1. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
2. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

3.

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED

4. NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

5. BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

6. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

7. UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD

8. CPU SHARE PLANS PTY LTD 

9. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

10. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED - A/C 2

11. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

12. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

13. MR PETER FREDERICK PHILLIPS + MRS ALICE SAU HAN PHILLIPS 

14. MR MATTHEW BRENDAN RYLAND

15. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

16. MR DENNIS JOHN BANKS 

17. MR ALEXANDER PAUL CHANG

18. BOUCHI PTY LTD

19. MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

20. B F A PTY LTD

(d) Options as at 31 July 2022 – unquoted
There are no options issued. 

(e)  Securities subject to escrow
There are no securities subject to escrow.

Number of 
ordinary 
Shares  
‘000

64,216

48,740

43,275

19,176

14,552

9,177

4,741

3,177

2,950

2,558

2,534

2,463

1,474

1,443

1,030

985

790

729

700

687

% of  
issued  
capital

23.90

18.14

16.11

7.14

5.42

3.42

1.76

1.18

1.10

0.95

0.94

0.92

0.55

0.54

0.38

0.37

0.29

0.27

0.26

0.26

225,397

83.90

113

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Shareholder information

continued

US OWNERSHIP RESTRICTION
The ordinary shares of Omni Bridgeway are subject to ownership restrictions applying to residents of the United States. 

The Shares have not been registered under the US Securities Act of 1933 or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction 
of the United States. In addition, OBL has not been registered under the US Investment Company Act of 1940 in reliance on an 
exemption from registration.

Accordingly, the Shares may not be offered or sold in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of US Persons except in 
accordance with an available exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the US Securities 
Act, the US Investment Company Act and applicable US state securities laws.

In order to qualify for an exemption under the US Investment Company Act, the constitution of OBL provides that where a holder is 
an Excluded US Person:

 – OBL may refuse to register a transfer of Shares to that Excluded US Person; and
 – the Excluded US Person may be requested to sell such person’s Shares and, if the Excluded US Person fails to do so within 
30 business days, to be divested of such Shares and to receive the proceeds of sale (net of transaction costs, including any 
applicable brokerage) as soon as practicable after the sale.

In addition, OBL’s constitution provides that a holder may be required to complete a statutory declaration in relation to whether 
they (or any person on whose account or benefit it holds Shares) are an Excluded US Person. Any holder who does not comply with 
such a request will be deemed to be an Excluded US Person.

The Shares are issued on terms under which each holder who is or becomes an Excluded US Person agrees to the above terms 
and irrevocably appoints OBL as that holder’s agent and attorney to do all acts and things and execute all documents which OBL 
considers necessary, desirable or reasonably incidental to effect the above actions.

114

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Corporate information

This annual report covers both Omni Bridgeway Limited as an individual entity and the consolidated entity comprising Omni 
Bridgeway Limited and its subsidiaries. The Group’s functional and presentation currency is AUD ($).

A description of the Group’s operations and of its principal activities is included in the review of operations and activities in the 
Directors’ Report. The Directors’ Report is not part of the financial report.

Directors
Michael Kay  
Andrew Saker  
Hugh McLernon  
Raymond van Hulst  
Michael Bowen  
Karen Phin 
Christine Feldmanis 

Company Secretary 
Jeremy Sambrook

Non-Executive Chairman 
Managing Director & CEO and Chief Strategy Officer – US 
Executive Director (retired 30 November 2021) 
Executive Director, Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer – EMEA  
Non-Executive Director  
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director

Registered office and principal place of business in Australia
Level 7, 35 Clarence Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Phone: +61 (0)2 8223 3567 
Fax: +61 (0)2 8223 3555

Solicitors 

DLA PIPER
Level 9, 480 Queen Street  
Brisbane QLD 4000

THOMSON GEER
Level 27, Exchange Tower 
2 The Esplanade 
Perth WA 6000

Share registry

COMPUTERSHARE
Level 11, 172 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000

Auditors

BDO AUDIT (WA) PTY LTD
Level 9 
Mia Yellagonga Tower 2 
5 Spring Street 
Perth WA 6000

Bankers

NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED
2 Carrington Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Internet address
www.omnibridgeway.com

The Company is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange with Sydney, Australia as its home exchange.  
Its ASX code is “OBL” and its shares were trading as at the date of report.

115

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report   
Glossary

Throughout Omni Bridgeway Limited’s (Omni Bridgeway, OBL, Group) publicly available information, the following terms have the 
meanings detailed in this glossary which shall be updated from time to time:

AASB

Australian Accounting Standards Board.

Addressable Market OBL’s estimate of the annual amount spent by claimants on external costs of dispute resolution 

(excluding enforcement) that could be addressed by OBL’s litigation funding service offering. 

Adverse cost

After the event 
(AET) Insurance

AFSL

ALFA

American waterfall

The cost that a losing party to litigation (in certain jurisdictions only) is required to pay to the winning 
party as compensation for the legal costs they have incurred in the process. 

Insurance cover to protect against adverse cost exposure.

Australian Financial Services Licence. 

Association of Litigation Funders of Australia.

The waterfall refers to the order in which investment proceeds in a fund are distributed between Fund 
participants. Under an American-style distribution performance fees are calculated by reference to 
completed investments only.

Americas

The geographic region of North and South America.

APAC

ASX

CAGR

The geographic region incorporating Asia and the Pacific Region including Australia and New Zealand.

Australian Securities Exchange.

Compound annual growth rate.

Committed capital/
Commitments 

The amount of funding that has been contracted to be provided by the Group to a litigation investment 
under a signed funding arrangement.

It is equal to the total amount of capital to be provided to external parties that is either (i) committed 
to investments where there is a capped amount; or (ii) the estimated budgeted amount to run 
the investment to completion where the investment is open ended. It does not include co-funder 
contributions, possible overheads to be capitalised.

Unless part of the budgeted amount includes possible adverse costs that may become payable if the 
underlying litigation loses. For ongoing Fund 6 investments it includes possible adverse costs that may 
become payable (where applicable).

Levels are reviewed and updated where necessary.

Capital deployed

Is equal to the total external expenditure on investments (less any co-funded contribution).

For completed investments it includes any net adverse costs. 

Capitalised 
overheads

Internal costs (including borrowing costs and direct staff costs) that are incurred in relation to 
Investments that are not expensed in the period they were incurred but added to the investment 
carrying value and recognised through the profit and loss in line with the completion of each respective 
investment.

Capitalisation occurs at the OBL and consolidation level, not within each Fund and does not affect 
portfolio or Fund performance, waterfall, or fees.

Completed 
investments/
Completion

Refers to merits investments where the underlying litigation has progressed to a state where either 
is no further risk to the legal result as the litigation has finalisation by either settlement, judgment, or 
arbitrator determination, for or against the funded claimant, notwithstanding that such finalisation may 
be conditional upon certain matters such as court approval.

For enforcement investments completion is that the point where there is no further recovery action 
planned.

Direct balance 
sheet

Relates to investments of the Group that are not held via a Fund.

Distressed Asset 
Recovery Program 
(DARP)

A strategic program of the World Bank’s International Finance Corporation to reduce the effects of 
poverty in emerging markets by preventing the loss of assets and allowing access to formal credit, while 
helping to preserve jobs. Refer to Fund 7.

DRP

ELFA

EMEA

Dividend Reinvestment Plan. 

European Litigation Funders Association.

The geographic region incorporating Europe, Middle East and Africa. 

Enforcement 
investment

Refers to investments where the primary component is to recover a debt, whether a judgment debt or 
otherwise, against a defaulting counterparty.

116

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022ESG

EPS

Environmental, social and governance.

Earnings per share.

Estimated Portfolio 
Value (EPV)

For an investment where the funding entity earns:

i. 

ii. 

 a percentage of the resolution proceeds arising from the underlying litigation or enforcement as a 
funding commission, EPV is the estimate of the investment’s recoverable amount after considering 
the perceived capacity of the defendant to meet the claim and any other pertinent factors. Such 
amount is not necessarily the amount being claimed, nor is it an estimate of the return to the Group if 
the investment is successful. It includes the amount to the funded client and to the Group. It does not 
include any co-funder portion

 a funding commission calculated as a multiple of the capital deployed; EPV is arrived at by taking the 
estimated potential income from the investment to the funding entity and grossing this up to an EPV 
using the Long–Term Conversion Rate at the time estimation. It does not include co-funder portion, 
or

iii. 

 a funding commission calculated on a combination of the above bases or on an alternative basis, 
arriving at the EPV may utilise one of the above methodologies, or a hybrid construct, or an 
alternative methodology depending upon the components of the funding commission.

OBE Group’s EPV has been estimated on a conceptually consistent basis noting that, enforcement case 
investments may have a multi–layered approach from a timing and value perspective. 

Regardless of how calculated, an EPV is an estimate and is subject to change over time for a number of 
reasons, including, but not limited to, changes in circumstances and knowledge relating to an investment 
or the defendant(s) perceived capacity to meet the claim, partial recovery and, where applicable, ability to 
enforce or recover.

EPV conversion rate

Refer to income conversion rate.

Possible EPVs are reviewed and updated where necessary.

European waterfall

The waterfall refers to the order in which investment proceeds in a fund are distributed between 
participants. Under an European-style distribution, performance fees are calculated by reference to all 
fund investments and not just completed investments. The manager will not participate in a portion of 
profits/performance fee/carry until the full amount of investor’s capital and preferred return have been 
fully satisfied. 

Excluded US Person Means a holder of Shares (or a person who seeks to be registered as a holder of Shares) whom the 

directors of OBL have determined (i) is a US Person who is not a Qualified Purchaser or a Knowledgeable 
Employee or (ii) holds or will hold Shares for the account or benefit of any US Person who is not a 
Qualified Purchaser or a Knowledgeable Employee.

First generation 
fund (s)

OBL’s Fund 1, and Funds 2&3 established by the Group in 2017 with generally consistent terms to each 
other.

Fourth generation 
fund

OBL’s Fund 8 as raised in 2022.

Fund commitments

The amount of capital agreed to be provided to an OBL Fund from OBL and external investors.

Funds

Funded 
investments

Means funds, or fund like structures, that OBL manages, advises and invests into. It includes Fund 1, 
Fund 2&3, Fund 4, Fund 5, Fund 6, Fund 7 and Fund 8.

Refers to investments where the Group has entered an unconditional binding contract.

FUM/funds under 
management 

The aggregate amount of Fund commitments (whether called or uncalled) for all the OBL funds that are 
in operation at any point in time.

Funds deployed

Refer to capital deployed.

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Funding structure for investments in the US established in 2017 with Fund commitments 
of USD 172 million.

Funding structure for investments in the RoW established in 2017 with Fund commitments 
of AUD 189 million.

Funding structure for investments in the US established in 2019 with Fund commitments 
of USD 500 million.

Fund 4 (series II)

Potential funding structure to follow-on from Fund 4 with same mandate, investors and terms 
and further Fund commitments of USD 500 million.

117

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Glossary

continued

Fund 5

Funding structure for Litigation investments in the RoW established in 2019 with Fund commitments 
of USD 500 million.

The Fund commitments from external investors are in structures that are not consolidated within the 
Group. OBL’s 20% interest is via a parallel investing vehicle that is consolidated.

In certain disclosures we specifically include 100% of Fund 5; this approach aggregates the external 
investors’ interests with those of OBL to facilitate direct comparison between all Funds (as the other 
Funds are consolidated & hence disclosed at 100%).

Fund 6

Funding structure for investments focused on EMEA purchased as part of OBE Group in 2019. 

Fund 7

Fund 8

Established in 2017 with Fund commitments of EUR 150 million.

A joint venture with the IFC/World Bank to facilitate DARP. Fund 7 is designed to invest in non-performing 
loans in the MENA region.

Established in 2019 with Fund commitments of USD 100 million (including USD 50 million from Fund 6). 

Funding structure established in 2022 focused on investing up to EUR 300 million in global enforcement 
investments.

IC approved/
Conditionally 
funded

Refers to investment opportunities that are approved for investment subject to internally set conditions 
which are currently not satisfied. The conditions may relate to the state of the funding contract, or 
bookbuild, loss quantification, discovery, or other evidence or procedural requirements.

ICC

IFRS

ILFA

IMF

Implied Embedded 
Value (IEV)

Income conversion 
rate

International Chamber of Commerce.

International Financial Reporting Standards.

International Legal Finance Association.

IMF Holdings Limited and its Group, now known as OBL following a name change in 2020.

IEV is the product of multiplying the EPV by the LTCR.

The LTCR is used for all IEV calculations notwithstanding that the EPV conversion rate of a particular Fund 
may vary, sometimes materially from the LTCR. The smaller data set of a fund level EPV conversion rate 
makes that measure inherently more volatile than the global LTCR.

It is important to note that IEV is not a forecast or estimate of future income by Omni Bridgeway itself as 
this does not account for the structure and return arrangements of Omni Bridgeway for each fund. IEV 
is instead a statement of the amount of gross proceeds which would be generated if each investment in 
the portfolio were to complete for an amount equal to the LTCR of the present EPV. Future performance, 
including the actual conversion rate realised, may exceed, or fall below historic performance of the LTCR.

Is the rate that EPV of completed investments converts to income for any period.

It includes investments that fully completed in the period and the total income recognised over those 
investments’ life compared to the associated EPV. It excludes partial completions in the period.

This rate includes consideration of lost investments.

Investment 
Committee (IC) (s)

OBL’s internal decision-making body for making investment recommendations and decisions. 
It’s members comprise both OBL executives and external appointees.

Investment 
commitment

Income v. revenue 
v. proceeds 
terminology

Income yet to be 
recognised

Refer to committed capital/commitments.

Income, revenue and proceeds are generally used interchangeably for realised sums on litigation 
investments regardless of how IFRS may classify the assets and its consequential P&L disclosure.

Is the estimated value of income that may be generated from investments that are substantially complete 
from a litigation perspective at that point in time but have not fully satisfied revenue recognition 
accounting standards and our policies. It is subject to change and relates to substantially completed 
investments with conditional settlements or judgments on appeal which may result in income being 
recognised in future periods.

Internal rate 
of return (IRR)

Is a discount rate that makes the net present value of actual historical investment flows equal to zero 
in a discounted flow analysis. It is calculated based upon the aggregated underlying individua journal 
entries for each investment. Calculation includes losses and adverse costs but excludes consideration of 
capitalised overheads, PPA and withdrawals.

The IRR from completed investments may vary materially over time. 

By providing this historical information, OBL has not been and is not now in any way providing earnings 
guidance for future periods.

Invested capital 

Refer to capital deployed.

118

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Knowledgeable 
Employee

LatAm (Latin 
America)

Long Term 
Conversion Rate 
(LTCR)

Has the meaning given in Rule 3c-5 under the US Investment Company act of 1940.

The geographic region spanning Central and South America.

Is the rate of income conversion that the Group has experienced on all completed investments over 
its life.

Whilst noting that past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance, past 
performance indicates that the group’s litigation funding investments (excluding OBE Group investments) 
have generated average gross income of approximately 15% of EPV at the at the time of completion.

LTIP

Long Term Incentive Program.

Malus and clawback 
event provisions

These are provisions whereby participants in the LTIP may in the event of certain specified conduct such 
as fraud, forfeit all or a portion of their performance rights or the resulting shares or be required to repay 
all or a portion of their sale proceeds from such securities.

Managed 
Investment Scheme 
(MIS)

An investment structure regulated under Australian Corporation Law regulations.

Where required by regulation the Group utilizes MIS for Australian class action investments.

MENA

Middle East and North America.

Merits investment

Refers to investments where the underlying dispute involves ongoing questions about facts, damages 
or legal outcome and there is a risk around a judicial decision.

MOIC

NCI

Multiple on invested capital.

Non-controlling interest.

This represents the interests of external Fund investors in funds that are consolidated within the Group. 
It is calculated in accordance with each of the respective Funds’ return waterfall.

OBE Group

Omni Bridgeway Holdings BV and subsidiary; it includes Fund 6 and Fund 7. 

OBL

OCA

Omni Bridgeway Limited (ABN 45 067 298 088). 

OBL On-line Client Administration Proprietary Database.

Possible completion 
periods (PCP)

The possible completion period is the current estimate of the period in which an investment may 
finalised. It is not a projection or forecast. An investment may finalise earlier or later than the identified 
period for various reasons.

For enforcement investments and portfolio investments, it may be split across multiple possible 
completion periods. There are a variety of reasons for this which are all reflective of the nature of 
enforcement investments, for example there may be multiple underlying actions with a commensurate 
number of completions, or a single completion with a tranched settlement payment structure.

PCP is a dynamic concept and is subject to regular review and updating to take account of the 
circumstances of the underlying investment. It is to be expected that the PCP for some investments 
within the portfolio will be adjusted at each reporting date.

PCP is not necessarily the same as the anticipated income recognition period which is determined in 
accordance with IFRS and Group accounting policies. It may not follow that the financial result will be 
accounted for, nor that cash will be collected, in the year of finalisation.

PPA

Purchase price adjustment is the adjustment in value ascribed to the investments purchased with OBE 
compared to their carrying cost at the time of the business combination in 2019.

The adjustment occurs at the OBL and consolidation level, not within OBE Group and does not affect 
portfolio or Fund performance, waterfall or fees.

Insurance cover to protect against risk of losing the Capital deployed to an investment.

Principle protection 
cover

Qualified Purchaser Has the meaning given in Section 2(a)(51) of the US Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and 

regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission.

Resolution Sum

Rest of world 
(RoW)/ non–USA

Means the total amount of any money, services, benefits and/or any in-kind assets that becomes due or 
is collected in accord with the underlying litigation or enforcement. It is before allowing for any amounts 
due to the funder, lawyers or other advisers or participants. The funder earns a share of this Resolution 
sum in accord with the funding arrangements.

Includes all regions, excluding the United States of America.

119

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report Glossary

continued

Return on invested 
capital (ROIC)

Is the ratio of profit compared to capital deployed. It is calculated on investments across their entire life 
(not on an annualised basis).

Unless expressly stated to the contrary, it excludes capitalised overheads, PPA and withdrawals.

It is calculated as gross investment income less all total expenditure (including any adverse costs), 
divided by total investment expenditure (excluding any adverse costs).

OBL’s Fund 4 and Fund 5 -established by the Group in 2019 with generally consistent terms to each other.

Second generation 
fund (s)

Secondary market 
sale

A sale, or partial sale, of an existing litigation investment to another litigation investor at a point during 
the life of the investment before completion.

SPV

STIP

Success rate

Special purpose vehicle.

Short Term Incentive Program.

Refers to % of investments where the underlying litigation has completed in a manner that causes the 
funder to have received more that it deployed.

TFR

Total Fixed Remuneration.

Third generation 
fund/purchased 
fund (s)

TSR

US Person

Withdrawal

OBL’s Fund 6 and Fund 7 which were established by OBE Group and acquired as part of the 2019 
acquisition of that group by IMF.

Total shareholder return.

Has the meaning given in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the US Securities Act of 1933.

Refers to investments where the funder has ceased funding before the underlying litigation has 
completed.

$ weighted average

Is the average of results allowing for the respective relative AUD values of the sample inputs.

120

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Non-IFRS financial information and disclosure

Non-IFRS financial information included in Omni Bridgeway’s Annual (and Half-year) Report, associated result presentations, quarterly 
investment portfolio announcement and other materials has been prepared in accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing 
Non-IFRS financial information, issued December 2011.

Such information has not been audited or reviewed.

Non-IFRS financial information is financial information that is presented other than in accordance with all relevant accounting 
standards. The Group believes that given the unique nature of its business the inclusion of non-IFRS information is useful for 
investors and other users. In our disclosures it includes, EPV, IEV, LTCR, commitment, deployed, completion, PCP, preferred return, 
income yet to be recognised, investment income and other terms be-spoke to Omni Bridgeway. In certain instances, it is simply 
redisplaying IFRS information differently (e.g. ”cash table” or completion table and is readily reconcilable to the IFRS disclosures.)

Whilst our statutory financial reports provide historical financial information that are prepared in accordance with accounting 
standards and other financial reporting requirements of the Corporations Act and have the objective of ensuring consistent and 
comparable reporting of historical financial performance, position and cash flows over and between entities; our Non-IFRS material 
contains information aimed to assist in informed assessment of the Group’s operations, financial position, business strategies 
and prospects. It is provided to more fully explain the performance and financial position of the Group so as to provide an 
understanding of the underlying business and the drivers of profit. 

The Group’s non-IFRS financial information is calculated consistently from period to period; is unbiased and does not remove ‘bad 
news’. Definitions and assumptions around calculations, are provided as appropriate. Where such information is a re-presentation, 
re-classification or a subset of IFRS material, the identifiable IFRS components are provided in order to prove a link to the statutory 
financial reports.

The primary rationale for the majority of our non-IFRS information is to provide an indicative view of the size, value and 
diversification of the Group’s litigation investments (however accounted for); our past economic performance regarding litigation 
investments and the interplay between OBL and NCI attribution. We feel that this is necessary due to the complex (& not readily 
understood or comparable) nature of our accounting and structural treatment. This is amplified by the overriding requirement of 
most of our litigation investments being required to be carried at cost (less any impairment).

Additionally, in certain disclosures we include 100% of Fund 5; this approach aggregates the external investors’ interests with those 
of OBL to facilitate direct comparison between all Funds (as the other Funds are consolidated & hence disclosed at 100%).

121

HighlightsFinancial Report Shareholder & Other InformationOverviewDirectors’ Report IEV attribution assumptions

The attribution of implied embedded value (IEV) between OBL 
equity and non controlling interests (NCI) has been prepared 
based upon the following underlying assumptions:

 – All unconditionally funded investments in the Group’s 
investment portfolio at the date stated (Portfolio 
Investment(s)) complete in the selected Possible 
Completion Period (PCP).

 – All Portfolio Investments are completed at their full 

estimated portfolio value (EPV).

 – The income received by the Omni Bridgeway funding entity 
upon the completion of a Portfolio Investment reflects the 
LTCR (which includes losses) and hence equals the full IEV 
of an investment.

 – The residual capital to be deployed in Funds 2&3 is 
deployed in equal portions during FY23 and FY24.
 – For Funds 4 and 5 the attribution is split solely in 

proportion to capital commitments.

 – For Fund 6 the attribution to OBL equity reflects the 

historic blended average proportion of proceeds received 
by OBL equity (excluding performance fees).

 – FX rates are assumed to remain constant across the 

periods.

 – Performance fees in Funds 4,5 and 6 have been excluded 
from the attribution and hence any performance fees 
earned will see an IEV attribution shift from NCI to 
OBL equity.

The sensitivity analysis provided uses the following 
assumptions:

 – IEV is adjusted to reflect variations in the income 

conversion rate from the LTCR of 15%. The selected 
sensitivity rates are 10% and 20%.

 – EPV of material impaired investments excluded from EPV 
with commensurate flow-on to IEV and attribution.

 – PCP on all Portfolio Investments is delayed by 12 months. 
Duration risk has traditionally been addressed through a 
time based pricing escalator. Historically these capped out 
at a certain level, leaving the Group exposed to further 
delays. We have sought to address the risk by incorporating 
some additional IRR protection provisions. The 12 month 
delay sensitivity does not incorporate the effects of these 
duration protections and assumes the income is the IEV 
at whatever time it is received.

Management fee assumptions:

The estimated management fees are based upon aggregated 
anticipated budgeted capital deployed for Funds 4,5,6 and 8.

Estimated portfolio value (EPV) assumptions:

 – EPV includes all Portfolio Investments, which includes, 

irrespective of impairment, investments which have had 
a negative award or judgment but nonetheless the Group 
believes have positive prospects of success on appeal.
 – At 30 June 2022 such investments included Westgem 

investment (EPV of $250m with PCP in FY23) and a Fund 4 
investment with PCP in FY24.

 – Conditionally funded and IC approved investments are not 

included in the EPV.

Possible completion period (PCP):

 – PCP is a dynamic concept and is subject to regular review 
and updating to take account of the circumstances of the 
underlying investment.

 – It is to be expected that the PCP for some investments 

within the portfolio will be adjusted at each reporting date.
 – PCP is not necessarily the same as anticipated IFRS income 

recognition period. 

Disclaimer
None of the content in the Omni Bridgeway Limited (OBL) Annual Report is an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities of OBL or any other 
company affiliated with OBL. In addition, nothing herein should be construed as an offer to buy or sell, nor a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell, any security 
or other financial instrument, or to invest assets in any account managed or advised by OBL or its affiliates. This Annual Report is for the use of OBL’s public 
shareholders and is not an offering of any OBL private fund.

122

Omni Bridgeway | Annual Report 2022Asia-Pacific

Adelaide
+61 8 8122 1010

50 Gilbert Street 
Adelaide SA 5000 
Australia

Brisbane
+61 7 3108 1311

Level 7, The Annex 
12 Creek Street 
Brisbane City QLD 4000 
Australia

Melbourne
+61 3 9913 3301

Level 3 
Bourke Place 
600 Bourke Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
Australia

Perth
+61 8 9225 2300

Level 10 
66 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000 
Australia

Sydney 
+61 2 8223 3567

Level 7 
35 Clarence Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 
Australia

Europe, Middle East & Africa

Hong Kong
+852 3978 2629

Level 27 
World-Wide House 
19 Des Voeux Road 
Central 
Central, Hong Kong

Singapore
+65 6813 2647

Level 13-03 
6 Battery Road  
Singapore 049909

Auckland
+64 277 470 369

Commercial Bay Tower  
Level 17  
11-19 Customs Street  
West Auckland 1010 
New Zealand

Amsterdam 
+31 70 338 4343

Schiphol Boulevard 121 
1118 BG Schiphol  
Amsterdam 
The Netherlands

Cologne
+49 221 801155-0

Gereonstr. 43-65 
50670 Cologne 
Germany

Geneva
+41 22 818 6300

Rue de la Rôtisserie 4 
1204 Geneva 
Switzerland

London
+44 203 968 6061

5 Chancery Lane  
London WC2A 1LG 
United Kingdom

Madrid
+31 70 338 4343

Spain

Dubai
+971 4 514 4608

Unit 1905, Level 19 
Index Tower 
Dubai International  
Financial Centre 
507152 Dubai 
United Arab Emirates

Americas

Houston
+1 713 965 7919

Montreal
+1 514 257 6971

60 Rue St-Jacques 
Bureau 401 
Montréal QC H2Y 1L5 
Canada

Toronto
+1 416 583 5720

250 The Esplanade 
Suite 127 
Toronto ON M5A 1J2 
Canada

Montevideo
+1 514 257 6971

Uruguay

LyondellBasell Tower 
1221 McKinney Street 
Suite 2860 
Houston TX 77010 
United States

Los Angeles
+1 213 550 2687

555 W. Fifth Street 
Suite 3310 
Los Angeles CA 90013 
United States

Minneapolis
+1 612 875 2495

100 South Fifth Street 
19th Floor 
Minneapolis MN 55402

United States

New York
+1 212 488 5331

437 Madison Avenue  
36th Floor 
New York NY 10022 
United States

San Francisco
+1 415 231 0363

50 California Street  
Suite 2550 
San Francisco CA 94111 
United States

Washington, D.C.
+1 202 749 8300

1300 I Street N.W. 
Suite 400E 
Washington, D.C. 20005 
United States

omnibridgeway.com